+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare -...

Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare -...

Date post: 08-Jul-2020
Category:
Upload: others
View: 0 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
213
1 Carnegie Mellon University H. JOHN HEINZ III COLLEGE School of Public Policy and Management DISSERTATION By Chirantan Chatterjee Submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy In Public Policy and Management Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - Evidence from the Global Pharmaceutical Industry June 21, 2011 Accepted by the Dissertation Committee: ____________________________________ __________ Professor Lee G. Branstetter, Chair Date ____________________________________ __________ Professor Serguey Braguinsky Date _____________________________________ __________ Professor Matthew J. Higgins Date Approved by the ________________________________ _______ Dean Ramayya Krishnan Date
Transcript
Page 1: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

1

Carnegie Mellon University

H. JOHN HEINZ III COLLEGE School of Public Policy and Management

DISSERTATION By

Chirantan Chatterjee

Submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of

Doctor of Philosophy In

Public Policy and Management

Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and

Welfare - Evidence from the Global Pharmaceutical Industry

June 21, 2011

Accepted by the Dissertation Committee:

____________________________________ __________

Professor Lee G. Branstetter, Chair Date

____________________________________ __________

Professor Serguey Braguinsky Date

_____________________________________ __________

Professor Matthew J. Higgins Date

Approved by the ________________________________ _______

Dean Ramayya Krishnan Date

Page 2: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

2

Intellectual Property, Incentives for

Innovation and Welfare: Evidence from

the Global Pharmaceutical Industry

Dissertation Chair: Lee G. Branstetter

Copyright 2011

By

Chirantan Chatterjee

Page 3: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

3

Abstract

This dissertation explores the relationship between Intellectual Property

(IP), incentives for firm level innovation and societal welfare investigating their

relationship in the context of empirical essays on the global pharmaceutical

industry. In doing so, it addresses two important public policy questions. First, the

importance of location for enhancing innovation productivity in the global

pharmaceutical industry. Second, recent debates in health care markets related to

Access versus Innovation and its linkages with a nation‟s optimal patent policy.

The question of whether IP incentivizes innovation is a long debated one in

the literature on economics of innovation and technological change. The first

chapter explores this fundamental question in an emerging market context, applying

a „private returns to R&D framework‟ to the Indian bio-pharmaceutical industry. In

a fundamental policy shift, India agreed to introduce product patents for

pharmaceuticals when it signed the WTO TRIPS treaty in 19951. This policy came

into effect through enabling legislation in 2000 and final implementation in 2005.

Using this policy shift as the setting for a natural experiment, the paper estimates its

impact by using data on a panel of 315 Indian pharmaceutical firms drawn from the

years 1990 to 2005. Private returns of a firm are measured using a hedonic stock

market valuation of the tangible total assets (A) and intangible inventive assets (K).

The findings indicate an economic and statistically significant increase in private

returns to inventive activity. However, this effect appears to be highly concentrated

in the most technologically progressive Indian firms. Subsequent investigations

1 World Trade Organization‟s Trade Related Intellectual Property Agreement

Page 4: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

4

through firm-level field case studies, patent data analysis and discussions with

industry experts reveal that IP apart, economic liberalization in India since 1991 and

the Hatch-Waxman Act in the United States have had accompanying effects in

guiding the evolution of the industry.

During the period of our analysis, a substantial number of Indian bio-

pharmaceutical firms became export intensive, with enhanced access to Western

markets. This came about aided by a rationalized currency regime through an

economic reforms process in India. The 2nd

chapter explores how export

destinations and firm capabilities influence the extent of learning by exporting

(LBE) in Indian pharmaceutical firms that exported to a variety of both advanced

and emerging destinations between 1994 and 2007. Departing from previous

studies the paper explores if exports result in other gain besides improvements in

technical efficiency. We find that LBE is not restricted to technical efficiency gains

alone but also reduces costs of production. Furthermore, exporters also gain access

to other types of knowledge that improves R&D efficiency and the rate of new

product introductions. Interestingly these gains are more especially when firms

export to high income destinations (as evidenced from higher gains when firms

export to US rather than non-US destinations). Finally, results also indicate that the

gains are higher for more capable firms.

The third chapter connects the rise of the Indian bio-pharmaceutical

producers to the global value chain in the pharmaceutical industry. Specifically, it

explores the welfare effects of early generic entry in the United States during the

period 1997 and 2008. This is the period during which, with increasing frequency,

generic drug manufacturers in the United States (many from Israel, India, North

Page 5: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

5

America, or European Union) have been able to challenge the monopoly status of

patent-protected drugs even before the patents expire. The legal foundation for

these challenges is found in Paragraph IV of the Hatch-Waxman Act. If successful,

these Paragraph IV challenges generally lead to large market share losses for

incumbents and sharp declines in average market prices. The 3rd

chapter estimates,

for the first time, the welfare effects of accelerated generic entry via these

challenges. Using aggregate brand level sales data between 1997 and 2008 for

hypertension drugs in the U.S. we estimate demand using a nested logit model in

order to back out cumulated consumer surplus, which we find to be approximately

$270 billion. We then undertake a counterfactual analysis, removing the stream of

Paragraph IV facilitated generic products, finding a corresponding cumulated

consumer surplus of $177 billion. This implies that gains flowing to consumers as a

result of this regulatory mechanism amount to around $92 billion or about $130 per

consumer in this market. These gains come at the expense to producers who lose,

approximately, $14 billion. This suggests that net short-term social gains stands at

around $78 billion. We also demonstrate significant cross-molecular substitution

within the market and discuss the possible appropriation of consumer rents by the

insurance industry. The findings from the 3rd

chapter have implications related to

innovation policy as it pertains to pharmaceutical markets around the world..

Key Words: Intellectual Property rights; incentives for innovation; private

returns to R&D; learning by exporting; demand estimation; regulation;

pharmaceuticals.

JEL Codes: F10, F20, I11, I38, O3, O47

Page 6: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

6

To my paternal grandfather

Late Priyalal Chakraborty

Page 7: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

7

Acknowledgements

“My debts are large, my failures great, my shame secret and heavy;

yet when I come to ask for my good, I quake in fear lest my prayer be granted.”

~ Prose 28 from Gitanjali by Bengali poet Rabindranath Tagore

I am immeasurably grateful to my chair, Lee Branstetter, for his unflinching

support and guidance throughout my doctoral studies. It is my great privilege to be

mentored by him in the Zvi Griliches tradition of economic thought. Going forward,

I am hoping to carry forward this rich legacy with humility. To Matthew Higgins,

my member of the committee from Georgia Institute of Technology, here is a high

five from Pittsburgh to Atlanta. Not only am I indebted to him for access to the data

in the final chapter of the dissertation and his many insights on the pharmaceutical

industry, I am also very thankful to him for opening up the Higgins household

during my research trips to Atlanta. Serguey Braguinsky, my 3rd

member of the

committee has been very kind with his support whenever I needed it and I am very

grateful to him as well. I would also like to acknowledge here the mentorship of

Ashish Arora during my initial years at the Heinz College.

This dissertation stands on the shoulders of giants, many of whom, from

academia or industry, have provided me invaluable inputs in my work. In particular,

I would like to take this opportunity to convey my immense gratitude to faculty

members and staff here at Heinz College, Carnegie Mellon for their support and

mentorship through all these years. In this regard, I am particularly reminded today

of all my professors in Pittsburgh‟s scholarly community – namely Shamena

Anwar, Edward Barr, Sourav Bhattacharya, Al Blumstein, Jonathan Caulkins,

Page 8: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

8

Karen Clay, George Duncan, Maria Marta Ferreyra, Salavat Gabdrakhmanov,

Esther Gal-or, Martin Gaynor, Limor Golan, David Greenstreet, David Hounshell,

Steven Klepper, Brian Kovak, David Krackhardt, Ramayya Krishnan, Rob Lowe,

Irina Murtazashvili, Daniel Neill, Rema Padman, Denise Rousseau, Mel Stephens,

Michael Smith, Lowell Taylor, Rahul Telang, Francisco Veloso, William Vogt and

Ellerie Weber among others.

A scholarly journey, I believe, is always incomplete without the mentorship

of teachers and professors from one‟s past educational career. In this regard, I

would like to acknowledge my school teachers from St. Xavier‟s School, Durgapur,

specifically, Mr. Suvro Chatterjee, Ms Anita Mukherjee, Ms. Nandini Mukherjee,

Mr Parameshwaran, Ms. Malini Ramdas, Mr. Uday Ray, and Father Wavreil. From

my under graduate education in IIT Roorkee, I particularly would like to

acknowledge the guidance of Dr. Chander Mohan, Dr. K G Rangaraju, Dr. P K

Swamee and Dr. R S Tiwari. I am also grateful to Dr Biju Paul Abraham, Dr

Amitava Bose, Dr Leena Chatterjee, Dr Raghabendra Chattopadhyay, Dr. Sudip

Chaudhuri, Dr Rajneesh Das, Dr Nilanjan Ghosh, Dr Vidyanand Jha, Dr Alok Ray,

Dr Sougata Ray, Dr Runa Sarkar, Dr Anindya Sen and Dr Anup Sinha from IIM

Calcutta. Friends and professional colleagues from across countries, cities, time

zones and work settings in many small ways have played an integral part in this

journey and I am indebted to them for the many moments of intelligent, joyous, and

many a times, irrelevant and irreverent conversations from my days at IIT Roorkee,

IIM Calcutta, Times of India‟s Mumbai office and Carnegie Mellon University.

A doctoral thesis work, especially for a married graduate student, is a daily

tale of the pendulum‟s simple harmonic motion. There are the good highs and the

Page 9: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

9

bad highs, not to forget the lows. In this regard, I have no words to express my

gratitude to Anubrata, my wife, who has been a source of unwavering support

during the thesis development work. She deserves a lot for taking in the rants of a

graduate student, teaching me the true tenets of patience and keeping me motivated

through all these years. Once upon a time, when her son ventured across the oceans,

a mother was sad – Maa, hopefully will be happy today, seeing the fruition of a

long endeavor. To my father, a young man at heart, I owe immeasurably for

learning about persistence and optimism, despite all adversities in life. I would also

like to thank my extended family, sister Deblina, brothers-in-law, Arindam and

Apratim, parents-in-law, uncles and aunts. Today I also remember my maternal and

paternal grandparents – without whose blessings, this thesis would not have been

completed.

I will cherish my graduate school days with the fondness of a side pillow for

a sleeping child. Especially, all those conversations with my friends in campus, who

came before me and left, and with those, who continue on their journey forward.

Here I am, and I wish you my best and look forward to all of you joining me and

others who have trodden the scholarly path. To quote Kris Kristofferson from The

Pilgrim: Chapter 33, “From the rockin' of the cradle to the rollin' of the hearse, The

goin' up was worth the comin' down”.

All usual disclaimers apply.

Page 10: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

10

Contents

A. Introduction…………………………………………………………..15-19

B. Chapter 1: Fundamental Patent Reform and the Private Returns to

R&D: The Case of Indian Pharmaceuticals

1. Introduction…………………………………………………………22-23

2. Background………………..……………………………………......23-32

3. Theory on Private Returns to R&D………………………..…..…...32-37

3.1 Why Private Returns & Empirical Strategy…………....32-36

3.2 Identification Strategy with Period Dummies………….36-37

. 4. Data…………………………………………………………………38-40

4.1 Firm Data…………………………………………………..38

4.2 Knowledge Capital Data…………………….………….38-39

4.3 Other Data...................................................…...............40-41

5. Construction of Variables………………...………………………...41-42

6. Results and Discussion………………………..…..………………..43-48

6.1 Period trends in shadow …………………………... ......43-44

6.2 Trends in shadow with different depreciation.. ………..45-46

6.3 Changes in shadow in a non-linear model & σ≠1. ………...47

6.4 Shadow & previous literature..…………………………….48

7. Conclusion and Extensions…………………………………………49-52

8. References.………………………………………………………... 52-56

9. Appendix………………………………………………………..… 57-96

Page 11: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

11

C. Chapter 2: Absorptive Capacity, Firm Capabilities & Destination in

Learning by Exporting in Indian Pharmaceutical Producers

1. Introduction………………………..………………………….…...99-101

2. Literature and Background………..….………..……………..…..101-105

3. Conceptual Framework and Hypotheses….….………………….106-109

3.1 Exports and Learning………………………………..106-107

3.2 Export Destination and Learning……………………107-108

3.3 Absorptive Capacity, Firm Capabilities & Learning..108-109

4. Data and Variable Construction........……….………………..…. 110-117

4.1 Firm Level Data…………...........……………………110-111

4.2 Product Market Data…….…………………………...111-112

4.3 Dependent Variables….…………………………………..113

4.4 Independent Variables……….………………………114-117

5. Empirical Model and Results…..……………………....………...117-128

6. Discussion, Extension & Conclusion…………………………… 129-131

7. References………………………………………………………. 129-135

8. Tables & Appendix…………………………………………........ 136-145

D. Chapter 3: Regulation and Welfare: Evidence from Paragraph IV

Generic Entry in the US Pharmaceutical Industry

1. Introduction…..............………………………………………….149-151

2. Regulatory environment and early generic entry………………...152-160

2.1 Hatch-Waxman and Paragraph IV challenges…….....152-159

2.2 Cross-molecular substitution ……………………… 159-160

3. Related Literature...…………..……………………………….... 160-163

Page 12: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

12

4. Data and Methodology ……………….…………………….......163-177

4.1 Demand Estimation – Nested Logit Model……………....165-172

4.1.1 Quantities and prices…….………………… 169-170

4.1.2 Hypertension market & unconditional shares.170-171

4.1.3 Outside good share……………………………….171

4.1.4 Conditional share ……………………………171

4.1.5 Product Characteristics….……….…………..171-172

4.2 Instruments ….…..…………………………………….......173-174

4.3 Consumer Surplus (CS) & Counterfactual Analysis……....174-176

4.3.1 Real world……………….……………………..…174

4.3.2 Counterfactual world………….……………..175-176

4.4. Robustness - alternative nesting strategy ………………176-177

5. Empirical Results………………………………………………....177-186

5.1 Descriptive Statistics………….…………………………...177-178

5.2 Results………….…………………………………………179-186

5.2.1 Coefficient estimates………………..……….179-180

5.2.2 Welfare & counterfactual analysis…………..180-181

5.2.3 Robustness - alternative nesting strategies .........182

5.2.4 Welfare for whom? And at what cost? ……. .182-186

6. Discussion & Conclusion………………………………………..186-189

7. References….…………………………………………………...189-196

8. Appendix …..……………………………………………………197-198

9. Figures & Tables........................................................................199-211

E. Conclusion & Future Work..…..…………………………………..212-213

Page 13: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

13

Figures & Tables

Chapter 12:

Figure 1: CAGR of R&D Expenditures of Indian Pharmaceutical Firms

Table 1: Intellectual Property Laws and Indian Pharmaceuticals

Table 2: Production of Bulk Drugs and Formulations

Table 3: Description of Variables

Table 4: Descriptive Statistics

Table 5: Private Returns to R & D activity – Shadow in Industry & sub-sets

Table 6: Shadow with approximation of constant returns to scale

Table 7: Shadow without approximation of constant returns to scale

Table 8: Coefficients of R & D in various economies and industries

Chapter 2:

Figure 1: An Integrated Conceptual Model

Figure 2: Results Summary

Table 1 – Cost function regressions

Table 2 – R&D regressions

Table 3 – New Product Regressions

Table 4 - Descriptive Statistics

Chapter 3:

Figure 1: Exclusivities and Innovation in Pharmaceuticals

Figure 2: ANDA Patent Certification Options for Generic Manufacturers

Figure 3: Rising Para-IV Certifications in the U.S. Pharmaceutical Market

2 Chapter 1 has some tables in Appendix II. These unnumbered tables are referred to where

appropriate, in the narrative of Appendix II.

Page 14: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

14

Chapter 3 (Continued):

Figure 4: U.S. Revenues of Hypertension Drugs (in $ 000) 1997-2008

Figure 5: Discount Factor by Para-IV Generics in Quarter of Entry for Some

Representative Brand Name Products

Figure 6: Consumer Gains and Producer Loses in the U.S. Hypertension

Market

Figure 7: Distributions of Incumbents and Generic Entrants

Table 1: Cross Molecular Substitution Suggestions by Blue Cross Blue

Shield of Georgia

Table 2: Hypertension Molecules

Table 3: Paragraph IV Descriptives related to Hypertension Drug Products

Table 4: Overall Descriptives for Para-IV Generic Entry

Table 5: Demand Estimation: Nested Logit Specification

Table 6: Demand Estimation: Robustness Specification (Multinomial Logit)

Table 7: Drug Availability and Pricing

Table 8: Demand Estimation: Alternative Nesting Approach

Table 8.1: Demand Estimation: Robustness (International Prices and BLP-

Style Instruments)

Table 9: Comparison of Welfare Calculations

Table 10: Data Exclusivity Regime in Various Regions

Page 15: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

15

A. Introduction

The relationship between intellectual property (IP) rights, incentives for

firm-level innovation and welfare is a well-documented rich literature within the

economics of innovation and technological change. Some of the earliest works

(Nordhaus 1969, Deardoff 1990, Chin and Grossman 1990, Scherer 1980) have

tried to understand how invention and patent protection could evolve dynamically

across the world with implications for global welfare. Of particular interest for

economists in this regard have been the effects of a global drive in harmonizing IP

and its concomitant effects in R&D intensive, yet socially important sectors like

pharmaceuticals. Many countries in the world today, pursuant to the WTO-TRIPs

agreement of 1995, have implemented stronger patent rights. This has generated

particular concern in terms of the responses of the domestic industry where stronger

patent rights were implemented. In contrast to historical precedents of domestic

firm responses to stronger IP in other nations like Italy, Japan or Korea, it has

seemed that in the last two decades, the Indian evolutionary story of its

biopharmaceutical sector has come as a counter-intuitive puzzle for scholars. This

dissertation investigates this puzzle in the first two chapters of the dissertation.

The first chapter provides empirical evidence on the relationship between IP

and firm-level incentives for innovation in the Indian bio-pharmaceutical sector. In

doing so, we adopt a „private returns to R&D‟ framework pioneered by Griliches

(1981). India, in a fundamental policy shift, agreed to introduce product patents for

pharmaceuticals when it signed the WTO TRIPS treaty in 1995. This policy came

into effect through enabling legislation in 2000 and final implementation in 2005.

Page 16: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

16

The first chapter estimates the impact of this policy shift by using data on a panel of

315 Indian pharmaceutical firms drawn from the years 1990 to 2005. Private returns

of a firm are measured using a hedonic stock market valuation of the tangible total

assets (A) and intangible inventive assets (K). The findings indicate a statistically

significant increase in private returns to inventive activity. However, this effect

appears to be highly concentrated in the most technologically progressive Indian

firms. Subsequent investigations through firm-level field case studies, patent data

analysis and discussions with industry experts reveal that IP apart, economic

liberalization in India since 1991 and the Hatch-Waxman Act in the United States

have had an accompanying, carrot and stick effect in guiding the evolution of the

industry. In a nutshell, the dissertation‟s findings on the Indian bio-pharmaceutical

experience suggests that while stronger IP could potentially incentivize firm-level

innovation in a developing economy, it needs to be also accompanied by changes in

external and domestic markets, such that firms can market their ex-ante imitation

work, and also can profitably access export markets with greater felicity through an

economic reforms process.

The first chapter's exploration offers a natural segue to the work in the 2nd

chapter. Applying a lens from the perspective of the home economy, this chapter

investigates, whether internationalization benefits firms in developing economies by

offering them gains from exporting. Exploring this in an empirical setting of

learning by exporting (LBE), the 2nd

chapter documents some novel findings on a

sample of Indian bio-pharmaceutical producers between 1994 and 2007. During the

period of our analysis, a substantial number of Indian bio-pharmaceutical firms

became export intensive, with enhanced access to Western markets aided by a

Page 17: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

17

rationalized currency regime through a macroeconomic reforms process in India.

Departing from previous studies, the investigation explores if, exports subsequently

resulted in other gain besides improvements in technical efficiency. We find that

LBE is not restricted to technical efficiency gains alone but also reduces costs of

production. Furthermore, exporters also gain access to other types of knowledge

that improves R&D efficiency and the rate of new product introductions.

Interestingly these gains are more especially when firms export to high income

destinations (as evidenced from higher gains when firms export to US rather than

non-US destinations). Finally, results also indicate that the gains are higher for

more capable firms.

The third chapter makes an attempt in integrating our investigations on IP

and incentives for innovation on the supply side and extends it to the demand side

in global pharmaceutical markets. In trying to do so, it particularly exploits the shift

in IP regulations pursuant to the implementation of the Hatch-Waxman Act in the

United States. The findings provide the first known evidence of short-run welfare

consequences of early entry by generic drug manufacturers (many from Israel,

India, North America, or European Union) in the United States through what is

known as the Paragraph IV mechanism outlined in the Hatch Waxman Act. If

successful, these Paragraph IV challenges generally lead to large market share

losses for incumbents and sharp declines in average market prices. Using aggregate

brand level sales data between 1997 and 2008 for hypertension drugs in the U.S. we

structurally model the utility of a consumer and estimate demand using a nested

logit model in order to back out cumulated consumer surplus, which we find to be

approximately $270 billion. We then undertake a counterfactual analysis, removing

Page 18: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

18

the stream of Paragraph IV facilitated generic products, finding a corresponding

cumulated consumer surplus of $177 billion. This implies that gains flowing to

consumers as a result of this regulatory mechanism amount to around $92 billion or

about $130 per consumer in this market. These gains come at the expense to

producers who lose, approximately, $14 billion. This suggests that net short-term

social gains stands at around $78 billion. We also demonstrate significant cross-

molecular substitution within the market and discuss the possible appropriation of

consumer rents by the insurance industry. The findings from the 3rd chapter have

implications for innovation policy as it pertains to pharmaceutical markets in

developed and developing economies.

To summarize, this dissertation's findings have implications for both policy

makers and managers. On the one hand, it provides evidence of shifts in incentives

for firm-level innovation in developing economies with changes in IP regime, a

finding that could potentially guide the design of an optimal patent policy in the

context of both a developed and a developing economy. But as we point out, this

needs to be accompanied by associated events from both the external and domestic

market. The findings on learning by exporting point to mechanisms of gains from

exporting that could potentially accrue to firms from the developing world through

internationalization. Since these gains are conditioned, as we document, by ex-ante

capabilities of firms, the findings from the 2nd chapter also point to the crucial role

of development of absorptive capacity in firms from the emerging world ---

especially as they try to catch up to the global technological frontier. The 3rd

chapter

addresses the central issue of „Access versus Innovation‟ in pharmaceuticals and

healthcare markets of the developed world. Our findings on short run societal

Page 19: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

19

welfare gains certainly needs to be balanced with future work on the long run

impact of relaxed IP regulations as facilitated through Hatch-Waxman Act in the

US. This would entail a careful investigation of the impact of early generic entry on

the long run incentives for innovation in pharmaceutical firms. The dissertation‟s

findings should also be generalizable to guide patent and international trade policy

in other developing economies, informing nations on how to develop socially

important R&D intensive sectors like pharmaceuticals for the betterment in the long

run of society around the world. Like most scholarly endeavors, this dissertation

intends to be motivated by its findings and pursue these open questions in future

work.

References

Deardoff Alan V., 1992: “Welfare Effects of Global Patent Protection", Economica,

59, 35-51.

Chin Judith C. and Grossman, Gene M., 1990: "Intellectual Property Rights and

North South Trade", in The Political Economy of International Trade: Essays in

Honor of Robert E. Baldwin (Ronald Jones and Anne Krueger edited), 90-107

Nordhaus, W.D., 1969: "Invention, Growth and Welfare: A Theoretical Treatment

of Technological Change", Cambridge, Mass: MIT Press.

Scherer, F. M. 1980: "The Economics of the Patent System", Chapter 16 in

Industrial Market Structure and Economic Performance, Houghton and Mifflin,

439-458.

Page 20: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

20

B. Chapter 1: Fundamental Patent Reform

and the Private Returns to R&D - The

Case of Indian Pharmaceuticals3

3 This version co-written with Ashish Arora and Lee Branstetter was presented at the NBER Conference on Location in the Biopharmaceutical Industry in March 2008. An advanced version of

this paper containing updates from our field survey and a theoretical model, “Strong Medicine:

Patent Reform & the emergence of a Research-Driven Pharmaceutical Industry in India”, with

Ashish Arora, Lee Branstetter and Kamal Saggi is forthcoming in a NBER Book Volume on The

Location of Biopharmaceutical Activity, 2011, Iain M. Cockburn & Matthew J. Slaughter, editors.

Page 21: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

21

Abstract4

Do private returns to inventive activity change when IPR regimes are

substantially strengthened in developing economies? Our paper investigates this

question by looking at the impact of patent reforms in India on India-based

pharmaceutical companies. In a fundamental policy shift, India agreed to introduce

product patents for pharmaceuticals when it signed the WTO TRIPS treaty in 1995.

This policy came into effect through enabling legislation in 2000 and final

implementation in 2005. We estimate the impact of this policy shift by using data

on a panel of 315 Indian pharmaceutical firms drawn from the years 1990 to 2005.

Private returns of a firm are measured using a hedonic stock market valuation of the

tangible total assets (A) and intangible inventive assets (K). The findings indicate

an economic and statistically significant increase in private returns to inventive

activity. However, this effect appears to be highly concentrated in the most

technologically progressive Indian firms.

Key Words: Patent reforms; private returns; intangible assets; market value

of innovation; Indian pharmaceuticals.

4 Acknowledgements: I would like to thank my committee members, Professor Ashish

Arora, Professor Lee Branstetter and Professor Shamena Anwar for their suggestions at various

stages in refining this research. Thanks are also due to seminar participants at the Strategy

Entrepreneurship and Technological Change Program in Carnegie Mellon, International Industrial

Organization Conference and NBER seminars for useful comments. Experts from Indian

pharmaceuticals along with Kevin Bodreau, Serguey Braguinsky, Marco Ceccagnoli, Prithwiraj

Chowdhury, Wilbur Chung, Matej Drev, Karen Eggleston, Susan Feinberg, Jeff Furman, Saibal

Ghosh, Matthew Higgins, Tarun Khanna, Steve Klepper, Kensuke Kobe, Frank Lichtenberg, Keith Maskus, Romel Mostafa, Anand Nandkumar, R Narayanswamy, Yi Qian, Subramanian Rangan,

Bhaven Sampat, Jayati Sarkar, F M Scherer, Lourdes Sosa, Scott Stern, Rik Santanu Sen, Francisco

Veloso, William B. Vogt, Jonathan Ying and Minyuan Zhao provided suggestions and useful

comments. All errors and omissions are mine.

Page 22: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

22

1. Introduction

Do stronger laws related to intellectual property rights (IPR) and

appropriability regimes5 spur or hinder national innovative capacities? With that

debate continuing, researchers have also looked at associated issues trying to

understand how IPR laws in an economy affect firm-level changes in innovative

capacity. India provides a good experimental setting to add to that stream of

research. In the last three or four decades India as an emerging economy has seen

considerable changes in its regulatory structures and associated institutions,

especially those related to IPR. The country had a pro-product patent regime until

1972 having adopted the British Patents and Design Act of 1911 after independence

in 1947. The Indian Patent Act of 1970 implemented in 1972 shifted the country‟s

appropriability environment to a regime that was friendly towards process-patents.

These patent laws were changed after more than thirty years in 2004-2005. The

Patents Ordinance, subsequent to the 3rd

Amendment to the Patents Act followed up

on the Patents Amendment Bill 1995 and product patents were introduced in

pharmaceuticals, foods and chemicals, in India from 1st of January, 2005.

A recent paper (Chaudhuri, Goldberg, Zia 2006) argues that this

change in patent regime will cause potential adverse welfare effects in the Indian

pharmaceuticals industry. For the sub segment of the systemic anti-bacterial

segment fluoroquinolones, the authors argue that withdrawal from the domestic

markets due to stronger patents would imply a total annual welfare loss of $305 mil.

5 Appropriability regimes first were written about by Arrow (1962) and later on defined by Teece

(2000). They stand for the scope in which knowledge and innovations can be protected from

imitators. Loosely termed as, intellectual property regimes, laws related to appropriability have

tended to vary across a spectrum from being pro-process to pro-product across national economic

settings.

Page 23: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

23

About 80% of that loss of welfare will be due to loss of consumer welfare, with

domestic producers loosing some $50 mil and foreign producers gaining $ 19.6 mil

in profits annually. We adopt a supply side approach to this issue and highlight the

increasing private returns to R & D for Indian drug firms with stronger patents. We

believe our findings provide new insights at three levels.

Firstly, temporal trends in private returns to R & D capture the

impact of patent reforms over time on the R & D activity of Indian pharmaceuticals.

The private returns to R & D increase monotonically and peak around 2005 the year

of stronger patents implementation. Secondly, one can expect older R & D (tuned

with the earlier process patent regime) to face obsolescence at a faster rate as

stronger patents are implemented. We try to econometrically capture this using

increasing depreciation rates in measuring R & D stocks which in turn implies new

R & D becoming more valuable. Such an exercise reveals increasing private returns

to R & D in the overall sample as well as in various subsets of the industry. That

early evidence of the markets positively valuing more recent R & D activities

should provide direction about shifting research capabilities of firms with stronger

patents in Indian pharmaceuticals. Finally, certain sections of the industry can be

expected to respond more favorably towards stronger patents. We develop an

understanding of that through industry level stratifications and investigate temporal

change in private returns of R & D in these various strata.

2. Background

The history of appropriability regimes in India dates back many

decades. India had adopted the British Patents and Design Act of 1911 after

independence in 1947 providing protection for drug patents (product patents) and

Page 24: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

24

this remained in place until 1972. Such a regime stunted the growth of the domestic

pharmaceutical industry, as global pharma firms established their monopoly

presence in the domestic markets with pre-established global patents on drugs and

manufacturing processes (Chaudhuri, 2005). It was in 1970, that the Government of

India (GoI) initiated changes in the patent laws of the country bringing into effect

The Indian Patent Act of 1970. This was finally implemented in 1972. The

implementation of this Act (along with the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act of

1973 and the implementation of New Drug Policy in 1978) provided in the 1970s

an environment of comprehensive and concerted policy changes to nurture the

manufacturing and innovative capacities of the domestic industry, in particular that

of drugs and pharmaceuticals (Chaudhuri, 2005). These patent laws stayed in place

for more than thirty years. Following a series of amendments to the patent laws

beginning 1995, product patents in pharmaceuticals, foods and chemicals became

effective, in India from 1st of January, 2005. Between 1972 and 2005, processes but

not products were protected. The associated transitions for firms to a new regime

were not knee-jerk, as changes were foreseen ever since GoI had committed itself to

implement a globally consistent pro-product patents regime by signing the WTO –

TRIPS6 treaty in late 1994. It came with understandable hitches

7 taking more than a

decade to be implemented, after rounds of negotiations between various interest

6 The Uruguay round of the World Trade Organisation, featured the Trade Related Intellectual

Property Rights agreement between signatory countries covering five basic areas related to trading

systems and intellectual property laws, adequate protection for intellectual property rights,

enforcement of the rights in respective countries, dispute settlement related to IPR and transitional

arrangements related to the implementation of the new intellectual property regime. 7 The new set of Indian patent laws, its enforcement and transition has opened up debates on a variety of issues that have been investigated by researchers, especially those related to compulsory

licensing, importation clauses related to the site of invention, patentability criterion, post and pre-

grant opposition, data exclusivity and mailbox provisions for patents applied during the transition

period of 1995 to 2005 (Chaudhuri, 2005). Our study looks at the impact of this fundamental patent

reform on the Indian pharmaceuticals industry at an aggregate level over time.

Page 25: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

25

groups ranging from domestic drug firms, small and large, the GoI, the World

Trade Organization or foreign drug firms operating in Indian markets (Refer Table

1 for a detailing of the IPR transition in India and its implications for Indian

pharmaceuticals collated from various sources).

In close to three decades of a pro-process patent regime, the Indian drugs

and pharmaceuticals industry has evolved, registering their presence vis-à-vis

foreign firms not only in home but also in some export markets mainly as generic

players. The industry also flourished on what is loosely termed as reverse

engineering. Essentially that meant firm competencies in imitative R & D and

manufacturing with favorable IPR policies playing a substantial enabling role for

firms to manufacture knock-off drugs from patented molecules by global firms. The

older set of patent laws starting from 1970 played a critical role in the development

of firm capability. Until 1972, the British Patents Act allowed a manufacturer to

patent all processes for a particular drug. The life of drug patents was also 14 years.

The 1970 Patents Act reduced the life of a patent to 5-7 years. Also, with the new

act, a manufacturer could patent only one method of production or process for a

drug product. Both of these steps ensured the tilting of scales towards bolstering the

manufacturing and R & D capabilities of domestic drugs and pharmaceuticals

industry rather than focusing on drug discovery (Chaudhuri, 2005). The results of

these policy changes showed up over time on more than one industry indicators. For

example, until early 1970 the multinational companies enjoyed 68% of the domestic

drug markets in India. Yet within a decade, by 1980, that share had come down to

50% - at par with that of domestic drug makers. That share for domestic drug

makers has only increased over subsequent years. By 2004, until when latest data

Page 26: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

26

was available, domestic drugs and pharmaceutical firms in India had a 77% market

share in the home markets (Chaudhuri, 2005). The changes in market shares came

about as manufacturing capabilities of Indian pharmaceuticals witnessed

considerable improvements. Until the 1970s the country was dependent on imports

of essential bulk8 drugs to manufacture formulations. That meant foreign firms

ruling the roost as well as using their market power to maintain high drug prices.

After 1970 things changed. Domestic drug makers started picking up the gauntlet of

a looser patent term and relaxed patent laws related to manufacturing processes for

a drug product -- producing bulk drugs in larger quantities. Also with the growth of

the domestic bulk manufacturing industry, the formulation makers started spawning

(See Table 2). Thus around the late 1980s and 1990s the industry saw a dramatic

growth of not only old firms like Ranbaxy Ltd and Cipla Ltd, but also witnessed

new firms utilizing the entrepreneurial opportunity. With that, Indian drug makers

also started registering their presence in the global pharmaceutical markets. From

around $ 96 mil of exports in 1980-81, exports of Indian drugs and pharmaceuticals

had increased to $ 1910 mil in two decades by 2000-01 (adjusted with respective

year exchange rates, Chaudhuri, 2005). By 1988-89 India was already a net exporter

of drugs and pharmaceutical products (Source: Organisation of Pharmaceutical

Producers of India, 2004).

8 Bulk drug makers specialize in producing chemicals that go into the production of drug

formulations. Advanced intermediates or advanced bulk makers also focus on doing that at a further

specialized stage of production. Formulation makers are firms who make the final drug products in

various medicinal forms like tablets or capsules using the chemicals supplied by bulk makers and

adding excipients. Formulation makers could opt to be generic makers if they decide to use an off-patent going drug originally produced by another firm, and enter the market with a product of similar

chemical composition but a different brand name. All of these activities, bulk (also called active

pharmaceutical ingredients or APIs), advanced intermediates, or formulations could be one vertically

integrated operation within a pharmaceutical firm coupled with its R & D divisions who might

specialize not only in generic R & D but also engage in R & D for new drug molecules.

Page 27: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

27

Table 1: Intellectual Property Laws and Indian Pharmaceuticals

Period IPR events in India Implications

From

Pre‟72 to

Post „72

British Patents and Design Act,

1911 - Patents Act 1970

• Pre 1972: A product and process patent regime; Life of

drug patents 14 years; One could patent all processes for

drug manufacturing.

• Post 1972: Product patent regime abolished, patent only

a method or a process, Life reduced to 5 – 7 years, for a

particular drug only one method or process patentable.

1994-

1995

Signing of the WTO TRIPs

treaty by India as a result of the

1986-1994 Uruguay Round of

negotiations

Dec 31st, 1994: The Patents (Amendment) Ordinance

allowing filing and handling of product patent

applications for pharmaceutical and agricultural

chemical products, as well as the granting of exclusive

marketing rights, EMRs on those products. The

Ordinance became effective on January 1, 1995.

The Patents Amendment Bill 1995 was introduced.

1996-

1997

Transition period • Indian Patent office keeps receiving product patent

applications.

Meanwhile disputes with US and EU at WTO related to

violation of product patents.

WTO asks GoI to complete institutional reform on new

IPR laws by April 1999.

1998 –

2001

India signs and ratifies Paris

convention and PCT

WTO reviews the TRIPs terms and grants an extension

to India beyond 2000 but before January 1st 2005 – the

new deadline to implement product patents.

2002-

2003

Breezy time of changes,

interest groups fighting out

granting of EMRs by IPO, City

High Courts putting up stay

orders.

Examples of disputes: Rejection of EMR for GSK‟s

Rosiglitazone and Hoffman La Roche‟s HIV drug

Squinavir, based on patent application having been filed

before 1995. Natco Pharma gets a stay order from

Chennai High Court on EMR for Novartis‟s cancer drug

Glivec – the Indian generic producers getting a safe

cushion against government enforcement.

Dec 2004

– 1st of

Jan‟

2005.

Amendments to Patents Act

before deadline of Jan 1st 2005

as set by WTO

• Product patent regime in place finally. From 1st of

Jan‟2005 a firm could also now file for a product patent

within India, and granted the same.

Source: Chaudhuri, 2005, Oxford, Analyst Reports, Thomson Scientific, World Wide Web.

Page 28: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

28

Table 2: Production of Bulk Drugs and Formulations

As those changes unfolded, specific competencies could be identified with

firms in the Indian drugs and pharmaceuticals industry (Chaudhuri, 2005). Indian

drug makers excelled on four counts9. They were manufacturing bulks, advanced

intermediates, formulations and generics with globally acceptable standards in

imitative R & D and manufacturing processes, doing that at cheaper costs compared

to global drug firms. They were also proficient in producing drugs faster than their

global peers and managed to get them to export and domestic markets at lower

prices. These four counts, excellence in imitative manufacturing and R & D,

cheaper costs, lesser time10

and lower prices had already by 1995 ensured

considerable competitive advantages for Indian drug firms as they competed with

9 This section borrows from the book “WTO and India‟s Pharmaceuticals Industry” by Chaudhuri

(2005), Sampath (2005), and Fink (2001) along with various analyst reports from equity houses like Morgan Stanley, Mckinsey and Kotak Securities. 10 Analyst reports indicate that while for global firms, 30-40% levels of total costs are manufacturing

costs, for Indian drug firms this is at 20% levels. Lanjouw (1998) and Keayla (1998) have

investigated the dexterity of Indian drug firms to bring products into the market in increasingly

minimal amount of time.

Year Bulk Formulations

1974-75 900 4000

1979-80 2260 11500

1984-85 3650 18270

1989-90 6400 34200

1994-95 15180 79350

1999-2000 37770 158600

2003-2004 77790 276920

Source: Ministry of Chemicals and Fertilizers, Government of India Annual Report Various Issues,

Chaudhuri 2005; Figures in Indian Rupees million – at current prices.

Page 29: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

29

global big pharmaceutical firms. By 199911

, 193 manufacturing plants in India –

41% of all complying plants from inspections in Japan, Taiwan, Korea and India -

complied with FDA regulations. In 2005, the largest number of 60 compliance

certificates of manufacturing facilities went to Indian drug firms – a number more

than drug firms in Israel, China, Italy, Taiwan, Spain and Hungary. The work

pressure for certification of drugs manufacturing facilities in India had reached such

levels that FDA, by 2006 was already contemplating the setting up of an India local

office in New Delhi, India. The prolific Indian drug makers also showed an average

time lag of around 3.5 years – this -- to pick drugs introduced in foreign markets

and introduce it into the domestic settings. This lag was as less as 2 years in some

cases like for Mebendazole which was introduced globally in 1974 and an Indian

firm introduced it domestically in just two years in 1976. Finally, cheaper drugs

from India are a common occurrence in the global pharmaceutical markets. An oft

cited example comes from the price of the triple drug combination of stavudine,

lamivudine and nevirapine – a combination in the category of ARVs or

antiretroviral drugs costing $10,000 in curing a disease like AIDS affecting more

than 7 million people globally. The United Nations along with the World Health

Organization promoted the Acceleration Access Initiative in tandem with firms like

Abbott, Boehringer, Bristol Myers, GSK, F Hoffman La Roche and Merck to steer

voluntary price controls of this ARV combination in developing countries. The

price decreased from $10000 to $ 931 in Jan‟2001 before Indian generics maker

Cipla Ltd. stepped in 2000 and introduced the combination in the global markets at

11 Based on data provided to us by the Food and Drug Administration, FDA, United States.

Compliance with FDA standards imply FDA inspectors visiting manufacturing facilities and

approving the firm‟s drug manufacturing conforming with their specifications related to

manufacturing.

Page 30: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

30

$350. This was followed by three other Indian firms, Aurobindo, Ranbaxy and

Hetero entering the market with a combination priced at $201. The differential in

prices, some 25% of global prices, is a story not only for ARVs but also for many

other therapeutic areas like vaccines or anticancer drugs as well.

It is thus not without reason that the evolution of the Indian pharmaceutical

industry has captured the attention of the global pharmaceutical industry. A

Mckinsey report in 2005 suggested that while Indian pharmaceutical manufacturers

accounted for 2% of global pharmaceuticals markets, generating total output valued

at $ 8.8 billion - the industry grew at annual rates of around 21% during 1995-2005,

with predictions to reach an output level of $ 25bn by 2010. Analysts have also

predicted that the key opportunity for Indian pharmaceuticals lie in the area of

generics. The generics global markets is valued at $ 47-50 billion with estimated

sales from going-off patents being valued at $55-65 billion between 2003-2008 –

India being expected to capture 30% of that opportunity. The competitive position

of the Indian pharmaceuticals industry, especially its generic players however could

severely be affected with the implementation of the new patents regime. The

signing of the WTO TRIPS treaty would have meant a considerable change of

guard for the domestic drugs and pharmaceuticals industry as well as big pharma

operating in the Indian markets. This then we believe is an apt time to check how

inventive activities are being re-allocated in the light of a fundamental patent

reform for an industry which had reached a certain level of maturity in terms of its

R & D and manufacturing capabilities. The answer perhaps lies in understanding

how innovative capacities at firm level are adapting to this transition to a product

patent regime in 2005, that after a thirty-year long pro-process friendly

Page 31: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

31

appropriability environment. That is the motivation of our research. Working on a

panel 315 Indian pharmaceutical firms from 1990 to 2005, we aim to test

empirically the effects of fundamental patent reform on the private returns to R &

D. GoI estimates point that in 2003, there were some 5877 drug manufacturing units

in India with some 300 in the organized sector being publicly traded on the bourses.

They are our focus of analysis, cumulatively accounting for more than 90% of the

market12

. For these larger firms from the more organized section of the industry, the

significant shift in the Indian patent system toward greater protection of product

innovation may induce important changes in firm strategy. It is possible that many

of these firms will seek to create new drugs, adopting a business model more like

that of established pharmaceutical firms in the West. To the extent that this is the

case, financial markets in India are likely to respond by changing the valuation of

firms‟ R&D investments. Our paper seeks to quantify the extent to which this has

occurred.

The following sections of the paper are organized thus. In the next section,

we outline the literature on market value of innovation which builds on the premise

of measuring the private returns to R & D and subsequently formalize our theory

for empirical estimation. Next, we describe our data and its felicity or limitations to

empirical investigations. We then describe the construction of our variables.

Finally, we discuss our results and conclude with the implications of our findings.

The paper also includes an appendix on the results of our investigations with other

proxies for inventive assets apart from R & D expenditure. Also included in the

12

This was shared to us in a conversation by Mr D G Shah, the Secretary General of the Indian

Pharmaceutical Alliance, the leading industry body for domestic drug firms in India.

Page 32: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

32

appendix are a delineation of R & D in Indian drug firms, strategies for sample

stratification and a detailing of measurement of Tobin‟s Q. Further, we also

delineate a sensible heuristic to impute R & D expenditure for missing data and

outline the methodology used to create R & D stocks for the purposes of our

analysis. This apart, we conclude the appendix with a note on Indian stock markets

placing them in context with stock markets around the world.

3. Theory on Private Returns to R&D

3.1 Why private returns?

Both private firms and governments have a keen interest in measuring the

economic returns to innovative activities. This especially if one can place the

measurements in context with policy changes, aiding in interpretation of policy

effects in the economy. To measure the impact of changes in IPR regimes on

innovation investments a common approach would be to connect total factor

productivity or profit growth of a firm to measures of innovation investment

(Mairesse and Mohnen, 1995), yet this approach is not without difficulties (Hall,

1998). Firstly, the data may not cover a long enough period to enable a precise

measurement especially given the lags involved in spending on innovation and its

effects showing up on the bottom line of a firm. This could especially be true for

firms doing significant amounts of basic research or for certain industries which are

research intensive like pharmaceuticals. Secondly, even if one can wait, hiatuses of

the duration as above make measurement for the purposes of planning innovation

strategies not so useful, especially if that planning is with an aim to guide overall

firm strategies. Finally, a measurement strategy reliant on accounting data reported

by firms in their books may be subject to errors with a need for care in the

measurement and timing of associated inputs (Fisher and McGowan, 1983).

Page 33: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

33

It is for this reason that researchers have turned to evaluating the private

returns to different types of innovation investment like R & D expenditure with firm

level performance measures derived from stock market data. This approach in

alignment with the total factor approach has in particular analyzed the relationship

between R & D expenditure as a proxy for knowledge capital and market value of a

firm as proxy for its performance measure. The literature in this area implicitly or

explicitly assumes that the stock market values the firm as a bundle of tangible and

intangible assets (Griliches [1981] and others). Thus the market value V of a firm is

a function of the set of assets that it is comprised of and looks thus:

.....)2,1(......), AAf2A,1(AV

-------------------------------------------- (1)

The functional form of f is not known and a critical assumption here is that

the markets are efficient, such that the market value of a firm truly is a reflection of

a value maximizing combination of the assets, as manifested through the functional

form. We can note here that should we assume that the firm is comprised of a single

asset A, with constant returns to scale and linear homogeneity of the profit function,

we will then arrive at a much accepted finding from literature in financial

economics; that the market value V of a firm is a multiple of the book value of the

asset A, with the multiplier equaling Tobin‟s Q.

Previous literature suggests that given the mystery of the functional

form of (1), (it is not easy to compute as well given its closed-form), one can

assume fairly ad-hoc approximations like linear or Cobb-Douglas (linear in logs).

As one proceeds with a linear combination of the assets, researchers might be

tempted to question themselves whether the assets of a firm can be treated as

Page 34: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

34

additively separable – almost as if claiming that the firm is a sum of its parts and

those parts when unbundled out, could be sold off separately for the same price as

they are valued at when embedded in the firm. One can however defer such an

approximation as simply the first and most important terms in a more general

approximation of the true functional form of f (Hall, 1998). Following closely thus

such an approximation from literature, we set out the market value tiV , of a firm i at

a time t, with two kinds of assets, tiA , and tiK , . The tangible assets tiA , are measured

by the book value of total assets of the firm13

and the intangible assets tiK , , used as

proxy for knowledge capital, are measured by stocks of R & D expenditure of a

firm. The aim in such a setting is to capture the shadow of tiK , , the intangibles over

the tangible assets tiA , through the effect of tiK , / tiA , on the market value of the

firm. This effect is captured through the coefficient in the estimating equation, .

We can interpret the above as follows: the additive combination of both the tangible

and intangible assets assigns the firm a value – expectations of which leads a firm‟s

investor (assumed rational) price the firm i at time t hedonically at tiV , . The basic

market value equation of the firm thus assumes the form:

),*,(, tiKttiAtqtiV ------------------------------------------------------ (2)

where measures returns to scale and q is shadow of the measured market value of

the firm (as a combination of its tangibles and intangibles) over its real market

value, which in the long run should equal 114

. We can also impose the long-run

13 The construction of variables is outlined in subsequent sections and the appendix in the paper. 14

In effect this q is actually an estimate of the log of average Tobin‟s Q, where our LHS measures

market value of a firm, our RHS measures replacement cost of assets, as we explain in our appendix.

Page 35: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

35

assumption on , claiming that it will be equal to 1 in the long run for a firm. The

basic market value equation of firm, taking natural logs on both sides and adjusting

thus reduces to:

ti,ε)ti,/Ati,(K*tβln(1tlnqti,Ati,Vln

----------------------------------------- (3)

We should note here that without the long run approximation of =1 Equation (2)

on expansion and adjustment would effectively look thus:

ti,ε))ti,/Ati,(Ktβln(1tσti,Alntσtlnqti,lnV ----------------- (4)

For the purposes of our empirical investigation, we use equation (3) as our primary

guiding specification since we find that the value of executing a few preliminary

regressions (using (4)) falling in the range of 1.03-1.08 which is close to 1 for our

purposes. The left hand side of (3), one can now note, is denoted by Tobin‟s Q for a

firm i at time t. The right – hand side of the equation is approximated for the term

within the logarithm thus: xx )1ln( for small values of x or here K/As. Hall and

others have previously suggested that an un-approximated form makes more sense

for K/A levels in the range of 15% and above, which can hardly be expected in our

case except for a couple odd firms in Indian drugs and pharmaceuticals. Thus the

estimating equation would assume the form:

ti,ε)ti,/Ati,(K*tβtlnqti,lnQ -------------------------------- (5)

Page 36: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

36

Equation (5) is tested for K/As15

. While still at Equation (4), we do away with the

assumption of =1 and carry out our approximation. The reduced form for (4) is:

ti,ε))ti,/Ati,*(Ktβtσti,Alntσtlnqti,lnV ----------------------- (6)

Subtracting tiA , from both sides of (6) we get:

ti,ε))ti,/Ati,*(Ktβtσti,Aln*1)-tσtlnqti,lnQ ( --------------- (7)

We use pooled ordinary least squares to estimate Equation (7) including a full set of

year dummies for our estimations and introducing firm specific fixed-effects in the

pooled regressions. Further we check our estimation results with non-linear least

squares on an un-approximated specification of the form of (3) above. Our non-

linear estimation results include time dummies and first-differences to account for

firm specific unobserved heterogeneity.

3.2. Identification Strategy with Period Dummies

A key motivation for the paper is to investigate the time trends in the

shadow . This should capture the effects of a changing IPR regime on the private

returns to R & D undertaken by a firm. For our basic estimating Equation (5)

stands for the semi-elasticity of Q with respect to changes in K/As, or:

)8(

)

,

,(

),(ln

tiA

tiKtiQ

t

If the markets are efficient16

and investors are assumed to be rational one can expect

that stronger patents will give the firm with a higher K/A ratio better valuations in a

15 We also test for higher order terms of K/As and note that they are of no significance for the square

of R & D / Assets term, the coefficient estimates which would be square of ranging between -1.03

to -10.16.

Page 37: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

37

stricter appropriability environment. While that might not be universally true (given

that the not only the quantum of research spends but also the quality of research will

also have an effect on valuation of a firm‟s R & D returns) we report our results

with suggestive interpretations and implications in the Indian context. The

movement of with time should provide researchers, if at all askance, evidence of

behavior of innovation investments with changes in patent regime, that measured

through private returns or market valuation of the firms. With this in mind, we

introduced period effects in our specification and check our results. We break our

period of analysis into three phases, noting the period 1990 – 1994 as a categorical

variable DA, 1995-1999 as categorical variable DB and 2000-2005 as categorical

variable DC. The basic estimating Equation (5) with interactions of these dummies

and the K/As would then look thus:

)9(

.....1

ti,ε DC*)

ti,/A

ti,(K*

DB*)ti,

/Ati,

(K*βDA *)ti,

/Ati,

(K*0

βt

lnqti,

lnQ

Using only the interaction terms, we check for the movements of over our three

periods. In all our regressions we also use controls of log of sales and mean of

overall industry Q of the Indian industry as given by our dataset of 9976 firms,

using the same heuristic17

for measuring Q for the overall industry as the one we

use to measure for our pharmaceutical firms. The former control is used to offset

effects of firm size and the latter to offset the effect of rising market valuations for

the Indian industry on aggregate.

16 Indian stock markets are as real a mix of efficiency and inefficiency as any other stock markets around the world. Yet if foreign institutional investors and their keen interest in the Indian bourses

are to be believed we stand on a relatively safe ground with regards to measuring firm valuation for

our research. Our data utilizes Bombay Stock Exchange data and a note on the same is included in

the appendix. 17 A note on how we measure Tobin‟s Q is included in the appendix and in construction of variables.

Page 38: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

38

4. Data

For the purposes of our research, we create a unique dataset collating firm

variables with inventive output data and peripheral data to use as controls in our

regressions. The details of our data are outlined below:

4.1 Firm Data

Our primary dataset comes from the Prowess database of the Centre for

Monitoring of Indian Economy, which gives a ready-made industry classification of

the firms. The Prowess database is similar to Compustat database for U.S.

companies providing information that incorporated companies are required to

disclose in their annual reports. Our study is conducted on a panel of 315 drugs and

pharmaceutical firms (National Industrial Classification 2423) from 1990 to 2005.

For these firms, the dataset also provides us annual data from 1990 to 2005, on

market capitalization of the firms at the Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE). This gives

us the market value of the common stock of a firm; we also collect data on

preferred stock for these firms. To capture the debt component of a firm‟s market

value, we collect data on borrowings and current liabilities; all of this comes from

the CMIE dataset. Further we collect data on the total assets of firms as a measure

of the tangible component in a firm‟s valuation. Our firm data also includes

information on ownership groups, R & D expenditures, exports, sales, profits and

age of the firm as measured from their year of incorporation. We validate all our

firm financial data from annual reports of firms and from the electronic data source,

EDIFAR, of the Securities and Exchange Board of India, Government of India.

4.2 Knowledge Capital data

For our independent variables, we collect information on inventive output

from CMIE and validate it from various public and commercial sources. Data on

Page 39: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

39

inventive output is proxied with R & D expenditure of the firms from the CMIE

dataset. This is validated with information from annual reports for the firms and R

& D stocks are constructed at various literature specified depreciation rates. The

disclosure norms under the Indian Companies Act 1956 require companies to report

heads of expenditure accounting for more than 1% of turnover. Since R & D

expenditure in pharmaceutical firms in India are often less than 1%, the

management in firms quite frequently does not report it. Keeping this in mind, we

also construct an imputed R & D stock variable with R & D being imputed on a

firm by firm case basis, adopting a sensible benchmark for R & D intensity in the

industry.

K, the intangible assets were constructed using the R & D expenditure

reported by firms in their books. We use annual reportage on both the capital and

current account of firms and treat the additive combination as the total R & D

expenditure of the firms. These R & D expenditures were however levels of

investments in research assets, stocks were created with depreciation rates of 15%,

20%, 25%, 30%, and 35% following literature. We detail out issues in construction

of R & D stocks in the appendix. We also took care of the escalation of R & D

salaries in India in an era of globalization of R & D. Thus we depreciate R & D

expenditure on the current account (reporting current year salaries) more in

comparison to R & D expenditure on capital account (no salary related research

expenses). A combination of 15% - 30% and 20%-40%18

were the respective

18 CEO of Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Ltd, one of India‟s upcoming drug firms, Mr Glen Saldanha

confirmed our expectation about firm salaries for R & D scientists going up in Indian

pharmaceuticals in the last ten years. Professor Narayanswamy from IIM Bangalore, India shared his

insights on how to use firm accounting data on R & D stating that in most cases firms report salaries

on their current account and expense off other R & D related expenditure on their capital account.

Page 40: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

40

depreciation rates used on the two kinds of R & D expenditure and details on that

are included in the appendix. Finally, we subject the same treatment to imputed R &

D expenditure to construct imputed R & D stocks at the various depreciation rates.

We report here coefficient of K/As with 15%, 25% and the 15%-30% combination

of depreciation rates for stocks arrived at from both treated and untreated R & D

expenditure. We also collect other inventive assets data proxying for K with counts

and stocks of Drug Master Files and Abbreviated New Drug Applications for our

set of firms from the Food and Drug Administration, United States. For our set of

firms we also used stocks of domestic patents starting from 1995, data on which is

collected from the Indian Patent Office as another measure of K. Details about other

Ks are specified in the appendix.

4.3 Other Data

The Food and Drug Administration, United States provides us ten year

approval data on manufacturing standards of pharmaceutical firms in India, Japan

Korea and Taiwan. This information is used to create a subset of the industry. We

also use log of sales as a control in our analysis. The CMIE dataset also provides us

information to construct overall Tobin‟s Q in the Indian industry from 1990 to

2005. We use that as an additional control in our regressions. Finally, we stratify

our samples19

based on data from firm websites and annual reports, governmental

reports of industrial R & D and analyst reports and using subsequently a sensible

Thus given higher salaries, a higher depreciation rate was applied on the current account reportage of

R & D expenditure. Rik Santanu Sen, faculty member in finance with Hong Kong University of

Science and Technology who has worked previously as an industry analyst with ICICI Bank, India finds such a usage of depreciation rates in measuring R & D expenditure for Indian firms sensible. 19 The various sample stratification strategies have been outlined in the appendix. The industry was

stratified into subsets of firms engaging in US patenting, firms identified by analysts as good

investment options, firms approved by FDA and modern firms. Results for shadow of K/A were

investigated for these broad sub-samples.

Page 41: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

41

heuristics to classify our firms into industry subsets and checked our results for

them.

5. Construction of variables

For our 315 firms, Tobin‟s Q, as outlined in the appendix is constructed thus:

a. Tobin‟s Q of a firm = market value of a firm / replacement cost of its assets.

b. Market value of a firm = market value of its equity + market value of its debt.

c. Market value of firm equity = Market value of its common and preferred stock.

Market value of common stock = Outstanding shares * closing price (both

at BSE, year-end)

Market value of preferred stock = Preferred capital provided by the CMIE

data (Sarkar and Sarkar, 2005).

Market value of firm debt = It‟s borrowings with current liabilities and

provisions.

Replacement Costs of a firm‟s assets = Total assets of a firm in a year,

with misc. expenditure and intangible assets, both subtracted from it.

This heuristic for measuring Tobin‟s Q is also applied to the overall industry dataset

and an Industry Q is used as controls to offset the effects of rising bourses for the

entire Indian industry in our regressions. The dependent variable used was

logarithms of Tobin‟s Q for firms in our dataset using the above heuristic. Apart

from Industry Q, we also used log of sales as another control in the regressions.

When returns to scale is not assumed to be 1, log of assets, is used as one of the

independent variables, assets being measured with the same heuristic as for

measuring Q, given in (e) in the Tobin‟s Q heuristic above. Our K/As consisted of

two components. The numerator K as used to construct R & D stocks as discussed

Page 42: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

42

above and the denominator A, the replacement costs of a firm‟s assets measured

with figures on total assets (misc. expenditure and intangible assets like advertising

expenditure reported by firms on this head subtracted)as delineated above. Table 3

and Table 4 outline the variables and descriptive statistics.

Table 3: Description of Variables

Table 4: Descriptive Statistics

Variable Obs Mean Std.

Dev.

Min Max

Q 2900 1.28 1.15 0.00 9.33

Log of Q 2899 -0.03 0.75 -5.46 2.23

Total Assets (Rs crore) 2903 104.90 269.93 0.00 4182.85

Sales (Rs crore) 2903 98.46 237.13 0.00 4275.30

Log of Sales 2798 3.14 2.00 -4.61 8.36

Industry Q 5119 1.18 0.36 0.00 1.66

Un-Treated R & D R&D Stocks at 15% depreciation /

Total Assets

2900 0.02 0.04 0.00 0.32

R&D Stocks at 25% depreciation /

Total Assets

2900 0.02 0.03 0.00 0.27

Treated R & D

R&D Stocks at 15% depreciation /

Total Assets

2900 0.02 0.04 0.00 0.33

R&D Stocks at 25% depreciation /

Total Assets

2900 0.02 0.04 0.00 0.29

Variable Name Description Q Tobin's Q of firm measured as per heuristic

ln Q log of Tobin's Q

A Total Assets measured as per heuristic

ln a log of Total Assets in a year in Rs crore

Sales Sales of firm in a year in Rs Crore

ln sales log of Sales of a firm in a year

Industry Q Mean of Tobin's Q of entire industry in CMIE database

K/A (untreated, 15%) Ratio of Un-treated R & D expenditure stocks at 15% depreciation and

Total Assets

K/A (untreated, 25%) Ratio of Un-treated R & D expenditure stocks at 25% depreciation and

Total Assets

K/A (untreated, 15%-

30%)

Ratio of Un-treated R & D expenditure stocks at 15%-30% combination

of depreciation and Total Assets

K/A (treated, 15%) Ratio of Treated R & D expenditure stocks at 15% depreciation and

Total Assets

K/A (treated, 25%) Ratio of Treated R & D expenditure stocks at 25% depreciation and

Total Assets

K/A (treated, 15%-30%) Ratio of Treated R & D expenditure stocks at 15%-30% combination of

depreciation and Total Assets

Page 43: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

43

6. Results and Discussions

In this section we summarize our results. Firstly, the changes in the

shadow with time, reveal shifting private returns to R & D in Indian

pharmaceuticals. Alongside, the movement of the shadows in various industry

subsets provides us an initial sense of within industry segments benefiting most

from stronger patents. Secondly, changes in the private returns of R & D (or the

shadow) with increasing depreciation rates enable us to comment on the importance

of newer R & D in firms given stronger patents. Thirdly, we comment about the

effect on the shadows when we conduct robustness checks in our model (with a

non-linear functional form and non-constant returns to scale). We end our

discussion by placing our estimated shadows in context with previous literature on

the market value of innovation in other economies and industries. We use log of

sales and average of overall industry Q as controls in all our regressions with fixed

effects and time dummies.

6.1 Period trends in shadow - in industry subsets and overall sample

We use the specification in Equation (9) above to estimate the time effects

on the shadows for the entire industry as well as various subsets of the industry. Our

period dummies 1990-1994, 1995-1999 and 2000-2005 were interacted with the

K/As and the coefficients for the interactions provided us shadows relevant to

different periods (Table 5 is a snapshot of Table A – C in appendix I below). The

subsets are identified using a stratification approach as outlined in Appendix C.

During 1990-1994 the shadow is lowest at -4.334 for FDA approved firms. The sign

of the shadow is negative not only for FDA approved firms but even for modern

firms, or firms who were engaging in US patenting during 1990-1994.

Page 44: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

44

Table 5: Private Returns to R & D activity – Shadow in Industry & sub-sets

Period Entire

Industry

Only

Modern

Firms

FDA

Firms

Firms

with US

Patenting

Firms with

no US

Patenting

Untreated R & D

1990-1994 0.94 -0.612 -4.334 -1.32 1.89

1995-1999 1.627 ** 1.393 0.8 1.18 1.69 *

2000-2005 2.02 ** 2.169 ** 2.444 ** 2.2 ** 1.63 **

Change 1.08 2.781 6.778 3.52 -0.26

Treated

R & D

1990-1994 0.946 -0.601 -4.367 -1.653 1.759

1995-1999 1.685 ** 1.485 * 1.891 1.702 1.653 *

2000-2005 1.791 ** 1.922 ** 2.185 ** 1.68 ** 1.52 **

Change 0.845 2.523 6.552 3.333 -0.239

So, during that period levels of Q decrease from previous levels with unit

investment in K/A by firms. It is positive for the entire industry and for firms not

engaging in US patenting. The shadow increases subsequently for all the subsets

and the entire industry except for firms with no US patents. The change of shadow

value from 1990-1994 to 2000-2005 is most pronounced for FDA approved firms

and analyst identified firms. Such a monotonic increase in the shadow for all firms

except the non-US patenting firms at large suggests that private returns to R & D

increasing as stronger patents got implemented. For those firms, who remain aloof

to US patenting the markets provide a decreasing private return to R & D (a

decreasing shadow) with time. We could reason here that with a tighter

appropriability, firms who are unable to shift their research capabilities to a regime

such that they could appropriate benefits from it (through knowledge assets like US

patents) are not being seen favorably by the market. One can note that significance

of the shadows increases near the last period as well.

Page 45: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

45

6.2 Trends in Shadow with Change in depreciation rates

Table 6: Shadow with approximation of constant returns to scale

The shadow is the semi-elasticity of Q with respect to the K/As. That is

for a unit increase in K/A, Q would increase by from previous levels. As

depreciation rates to measure the Ks and therefore the K/As are increased from 15%

to 25% to the 15%-30% combination we would in effect be measuring R & D (our

Ks) in such a manner where new R & D is more valuable than older R & D. Thus

higher depreciation rates and their effects on the quantum of the shadow should

provide further evidence of obsolescence of R & D with a changing IPR. If one

hypothesizes that a changing appropriability regime is making previous R & D done

Page 46: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

46

by firms more and more obsolete, the markets should react by providing higher

shadows (or higher private returns) with higher depreciation rates. Table 6 and

Table 7 shows that this is indeed the case for the approximated linear version of our

model with and without constant returns to scale. For example with σ=1, as in Table

6 and a 25% depreciation, Tobin‟s Q goes up by 2.087 from previous levels for a

unit increase in R & D / Assets investment which is higher than the 1.969 increase

in Q-ratio levels with 15% depreciation. This increase in the shadow holds true for

depreciation rates calibrated from 15% to 25% when σ≠1 (Table 7 below), though

not observed in an un-approximated nonlinear model.

Table 7: Shadow without approximation of constant returns to scale

Page 47: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

47

6.3 Change in shadow with a non-linear model, treating R & D and σ≠1.

Tables 6 and 7 also show that the approximated linear form of our model

(specification as per Equation 5 and 7) leads to a decrease in the size of the

coefficient estimate for treated R & D expenditure only when a non-constant returns

to scale is assumed. As we assume σ≠1, the size of coefficients decreases in the

approximated linear specification but increases in the non-linear specification.

Treatment of R & D reduces the size of coefficient in the linear approximated form

with and without returns to scale and increases the shadow in the non-linear

specification. When we do away with the assumption of constant returns to scale

and introduce log of assets we find contrasting trends for the approximated (pooled

ols) and un-approximated (nlls) regressions. For pooled OLS, introduction of log

assets leads to a universal decrease in size of the coefficient estimates, from a range

of 1.783-2.151 to 1.719-2.071 across all depreciation rates, for both treated and un-

treated R & D. For a log-log non-linear specification, where we use non-linear least

squares with time effects and first differences, we find that the trend is reversed. In

other words, introduction of a non-constant returns to scale in an un-approximated

form results in an increase of the shadow, to a range of 1.939 – 2.16 (nonlinear and

σ≠1) from a range of 1.881-2.069 (non-linear and σ=1). We must note here that for

= 1 we arrive at the shadow directly from the regression coefficients whereas for

σ≠1 the shadow is computed from the coefficient of K/A which in this case would

be * and the coefficient for log of assets would give us -1 which would help

us compute and use it on the coefficient of K/A to arrive at ranges for .

Page 48: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

48

6.4 Shadow and previous literature

Our primary results as indicated in Table 6 show that with constant returns

to scale, the coefficients or the shadow of R & D using time dummies and firm

specific fixed effects for both treated as well as un-treated R & D, ranged from

1.783 – 2.151. Without the constant returns to scale, (or in effect introducing log of

assets in our regressions) we arrive at a computed shadow range for Indian

pharmaceuticals in the range of 1.94-2.16, as indicated in Table 7. A look at

literature (Table 8) indicates that the our shadow falls within the values of the range

-2.3 in Japan to 11.96 in the United States the estimated shadow values in previous

studies of market value of innovation.

Table 8: Coefficients of R & D in various economies and industries

Study LHS Variable R & D Coefficient

(Standard Error)

Sample Characteristics

Griliches

(1981)

log q 1.23(0.54)-1.58(0.44) US, 157 firms, 1968-1974

Hall (1993

a & b)

log v & log q 3.1(0.08)-0.48(0.02) US 2400 & 3000 firms, 1973-

1991 & 1959-1991

Megna and

Klock (1993)

q 0.488 US Semiconductors, 11 firms,

1972-1990

Haneda

and Odagiri

(1998)

log q -2.3 Japan, 90 firms, 1981-1991

Blundell

et.al (1999)

log q 1.582 UK, 340 firms, 1972 -1982

Toivannen (2002)

log v 2.6-4.2 UK, 877 Firms, 1989-1995,

Hall and

Oriani (2004)

log q France: 0.28(0.08); Germany:

0.33(0.04); Italy: 0.01(0.12);UK:0.88(0.10)

France(51 firms), Germany (80

firms), UK (284 firms), Italy (49 firms) 1989-1998

Greenhalgh

and Rogers

(2005)

log v 3.703 UK, 347 firms, 1989-1999

Hall et.al (2005)

log q 1.376(0.069) US 4800 firms, 1965-1995

Our results Log Q 1. 783 (5.38) – 2.151(5.13) India 315 firms; 1990-2005

Page 49: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

49

7. Conclusion & Extensions

The key contribution of this research lie in identifying monotonically

increasing private returns to R & D in Indian pharmaceuticals as stronger patents

got implemented in India post the WTO-TRIPs signing in Dec‟1994. Secondly, an

increase in the depreciation rates to measure the R & D stocks, leads us to a set up

of measuring knowledge stocks where newer R & D is valued at a higher level.

That process shows an increase in the shadow of the overall industry indicating the

markets positively valuing more recent R & D in the industry. We are also able to

identify firms with FDA approval or identified by analysts as good investment

options to be the ones benefiting most from stronger patents. This is revealed by the

highest quantum ff changes observed in their shadows during the time period of

investigation. The basic findings add to the literature on market value of innovation

with new results on market value of innovation from an industry in an emerging

economy, India. One can take this research forward by checking for the broad

trends in private returns to innovative activity on other proxies for intangible assets.

We carried out extensions as outlined in our appendix using ANDAs, DMFs and

Domestic patents as proxy for Ks. Apart from domestic patents, both ANDAs and

DMFs exhibit monotonically increasing private returns to R & D as measured

through their shadows.

An extension of this current work takes the investigation of this chapter

forward (Arora, Branstetter, Chatterjee, Saggi 2008). The follow-on work asks if a

shift to strong intellectual property rights induce higher levels of inventive activity

in developing countries. The conventional wisdom in economics has come to regard

this proposition with skepticism. Theoretical contributions, most recently that of

Page 50: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

50

Grossman and Lai (2005), and a long line of empirical contributions have laid out

sound theoretical arguments and empirical evidence suggesting that this is unlikely

to be true in general. Qian‟s (2007) work focuses on pharmaceuticals and suggests

especially strong grounds for skepticism there. The experience of the Indian

pharmaceutical industry seems to challenge this received wisdom as we have

documented in this chapter. So the moot question then becomes if the conventional

analysis is wrong?

Yes and no. The follow-on paper points to two dimensions along which the

conventional analysis may be incomplete. First, if imitation and innovation are

strategic substitutes, then a domestic policy change could, in principle, push firms

to a greater level of research intensity by foreclosing the imitation option. Second, if

R&D collaboration between established producers and potential new entrants is

possible, then a domestic policy change could have a similar, related effect, by

pushing domestic firms into partnerships that would have not been incentive

compatible so long as the imitation option were open. Our empirical analysis

provides some evidence for both kinds of developments in the Indian

pharmaceutical industry, and we fully endorse the strong possibility that these two

dimensions could become more important over time. Indigenous industry analysts

and public statements by industry executives suggest this will be the case.20

However, a deeper and more comprehensive examination of the Indian

pharmaceutical industry‟s innovation surge to date points to important causes other

than TRIPs and the patent reform process TRIPs ratification triggered. The 1984

20

Appendix III documents evidence from some firm case studies collected on a field trip to India in

December 2008

Page 51: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

51

Hatch-Waxman Act opened up a market for legal imitations in the world‟s largest

economy. The opening of the Indian economy in the early 1990s reinforced the

attractiveness of this external market and similar markets for generics opening up in

Western Europe and industrial East Asia, while enhancing the global

competitiveness of Indian producers. In a sense, TRIPs provided the stick -- the

imperative for Indian pharmaceutical firms to seek alternative market opportunities.

The generics market (and the related API/bulk drugs market) provided the carrot --

a new market opportunity that required some investment to profitably access, but

one for which Indian firms arguably had a comparative advantage even in the mid-

1990s. India‟s long transition period to the new regime, a decade of reform, may

have also played an important role, providing indigenous firms with continued

access to a protected domestic market while they invested in the capability to sell

abroad. Over the course of the 1990s and early 2000s, Indian firms were able to

upgrade their manufacturing and process R&D capability to the point where they

could succeed in a generics market that grew rapidly as a series of blockbuster

drugs went off-patent. Arora, et.al 2008 provide substantial evidence linking the

largest pieces of the expansion of R&D input and output to process innovations

focused on existing drugs rather efforts to develop new drugs or to engage in

collaborative R&D with Western pharmaceutical firms. The market‟s rising

valuation of R&D expenditure is largely unrelated to product development.

These considerations suggest important reasons why the Indian drug industry was

able to grow and develop even as other indigenous industries in developing

countries adopting stronger patent rights were unable to weather the changes in

their markets. To some extent, Indian firms were simply in the right place at the

Page 52: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

52

right time. Other developing countries, such as Taiwan, South Korea, and Mexico,

were forced to adopt strong patents before the generics market had fully opened up,

and they were not given the lengthy transition period India managed to negotiate.

Other potential producers, such as Brazil and Argentina, were handicapped by

uncompetitive exchange rates and domestic macroeconomic turmoil that

undermined their efforts to explore foreign markets. These considerations also

reinforce the difficulties developing countries face in trying to shift from imitation

and incremental invention to more substantive product development. These barriers

to upgrading may be especially significant in the pharmaceutical industry, but they

surely exist to varying degrees across the product space. The next question then

becomes if that version of the Indian industrial development story is generalizable?

Is it true that most developing country industries that have successfully weathered

the imposition of strong IPR have done so by identifying an industry submarket in

which largely incremental, process-oriented R&D was sufficient to secure a

defensible global market position. One wonders if parallels can possibly be drawn

between the Indian pharmaceutical industry and the Korean semiconductor

industry. Further investigation of this possibility is the focus of ongoing research.

References

Achilladelis, B. and Antonakis, K., 2001: “The dynamics of technological

innovation: the case of the pharmaceutical industry”, Research Policy, 30, 535-588.

Arora, Ashish, 1995: “Licensing Tacit Knowledge: Intellectual Property Rights and

the Market for Know-How”, Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 4, 41–

59.

Arora, Ashish, 1997: “Patents, Licensing, and Market Structure in the Chemical

Industry”, Research Policy, 26, 391-403.

Page 53: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

53

Ben-Zion, Uri., 1984: “The R & D and Investment Decision and its Relationship to

the Firm‟s Market Value: Some Preliminary Results”, in Griliches, Zvi (ed.), R &

D, Patents, and Productivity, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 299-312.

Blundell, Richard, Griffith, Rachel and Reenen, Van John, 1999: “Market Share,

Market Value, and Innovation in a Panel of British Manufacturing Firms”, The

Review of Economic Studies, 66, 529-554.

Bond S., Harhoff D., and Van Reenen., J., 2002: “Corporate R&D and Productivity

in German and the United Kingdom,” IFS, Oxford University, University of

Munich, and London School of Economics: manuscript.

Bound J., Cummins C., Griliches, Z., Hall, B. H., and Jaffe, A., 1984: “Who Does

R&D and Who Patents?”, in Griliches, Z. (ed.), R&D, Patents, and Productivity,

Chicago: Chicago University Press.

Branstetter, L., 2001: “Are knowledge spillovers international or intranational in

scope?”, Journal of International Economics, 53(1), 53-79.

Chan L. K. C., Lakonishok J., and Sougiannis T., 2001: “The Stock Market

Valuation of Research and Development Expenditures”, Journal of Finance, 56,

2431-2458.

Chaudhuri, S, Goldberg K. Pinelopi and Jia, Panle, 2006: “Estimating the effects of

Global patent protection in pharmaceuticals: A Case study of Quinolones in India”,

American Economic Review, 2006.

Chaudhuri, S, 2005: “The WTO and India‟s Pharmaceuticals Industry”, Oxford

University Press, New Delhi, India.

Cockburn, I., and Griliches, Z., 1988: “Industry Effects and Appropriability

Measures in the Stock Market's Valuation of R&D and Patents.”, American

Economic Review, 78, 419-423.

Fink, C., 2000: “How Stronger Patent Protection in India Might Affect the Behavior

or Transnational Pharmaceutical Industries,” The World Bank, Working Paper no.

2352. Washington D.C.

Greenhalgh, C. and Rogers, M. 2004: “The Value of Innovation: The Interaction of

Competition, R&D and IP”, Department of Economics, Oxford University Working

Paper 192.

Griliches, Z., 1981: “Market Value, R&D and Patents”, Economics Letters, 7, 183-

187.

Page 54: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

54

------- and Mairesse J., 1984: “Productivity and R&D at the Firm Level.” in

Griliches, Z. (ed.). R&D, Patents, and Productivity, Chicago: Chicago University

Press.

-------, 1990: “Patent Statistics as Economic Indicators: A Survey”, Journal of

Economic Literature, 28, 1661-1707.

Hall, B. H., 1993b: “The Stock Market's Valuation of R&D Investment During the

1980's.”, American Economic Review, 83, 259-264.

-------, 1996: “The Private and Social Returns to Research and Development.” In

Smith B., Barfield C., (Eds.). Technology, R&D and the Economy. AEI-Brookings

Institutions: Washington, DC.

-------, 2000: “Innovation and Market Value.” In Barrell, Ray, Geoffrey Mason, and

Mary O‟Mahoney (eds.), Productivity, Innovation and Economic Performance,

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

--------, Griliches Z., and Hausman J. A., 1986: “Patents and R&D: Is There a

Lag?.”, International Economic Review, 27, 265-83.

––----- and Rosemarie Ham Ziedonis, 2001: “The Patent Paradox Revisited: An

Empirical Study of Patenting in the U.S. Semiconductor Industry, 1979-1995,”

Rand Journal of Economics, 32(1), 101-128.

---------, Jaffe A. B., and Trajtenberg M., 2005: “Market Value and Patent

Citations,” Rand Journal of Economics, 36(1), 16-38.

---------, and Kim D., 2000: “Valuing Intangible Assets: The Stock Market Value of

R&D Revised”, Working Paper, University of California at Berkeley and Harvard

University, Berkeley, CA and Cambridge, MA.

---------, Mairesse J., Branstetter L., and Crepon B., 1999: “Does Cash Flow Cause

Investment and R&D: An Exploration Using Panel Data for French, Japanese, and

United States Scientific Firms.” In A.R. Thurik (Ed.), Innovation, Industry

Evolution, and Employment. Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.

Hausman, J.A., 1978: “Specification Tests in Econometrics.” Econometrica, 46,

1251-1272.

Hirschey M., 1982: “Intangible Capital Aspects of Advertising and R&D

Expenditures”, Journal of Industrial Economics, 30, 375-390.

Jaffe, A. B., 1986: “Technological Opportunity and Spillovers of R&D: Evidence

from Firms' Patents, Profits, and Market Value”, American Economic Review, 76,

984-1001.

Page 55: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

55

Khanna, T and Palepu, K, 2000: “Is Group Affiliation Profitable in Emerging

Markets? An Analysis of Diversified Indian Business Groups”, The Journal of

Finance, 55, 867-891.

Lanjouw, O. J., 1998: “The Introduction of Product Patents in India: Heartless

Exploitation of the Poor and Suffering?”, Growth Center Discussion Paper, Yale

University, and NBER Working Paper no. 6366.

Lindenberg, B. Eric and Ross, A. Stephen, 1981: “Tobin‟s Q Ratio and Industrial

Organisation”, The Journal of Business, 54, 1-32.

Lerner, J. 2002:“150 Years of Patent Protection”, American Economic Review, 92,

221-225.

Lev B., and Sougiannis T., 1996: “The Capitalization, Amortization, and Value-

Relevance of R&D”, Journal of Business, Accounting & Economics, 21, 107-138.

Levin, R.C., Klevorick K A., Nelson, R.R., and Winter S.G., 1987: “Appropriating

the Returns from Industrial Research and Development”, Brookings Papers on

Economic Activity, 3, 873-820.

Megna, P and Klock M, 1993: “The Impact of Intangible Capital on Tobin‟s Q in

the Semiconductor Industry”, American Economic Review, 83, 265-269.

Morton, FMS, 2002: “Horizontal Integration Between Brand and Generic Firms in

the Pharmaceutical Industry”, Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 11,

135-168.

Munari F. and Oriani R., 2002: “Privatization and R&D Performance: An Empirical

Analysis Based on Tobin‟s q”, FEEM Working Paper 63.2002: Milan.

Mulkay B., Hall B. H., and Mairesse J., 2000: “Firm Level Investment and R&D in

France and the United States: A Comparison”, National Bureau of Economic

Research Working Paper 8038: Cambridge, MA.

Romer, Paul, 1990: “Endogenous Technological Change,” Journal of Political

Economy, 98, 71-102.

Sakakibara, Mariko and Branstetter, Lee, 2001: “Do stronger patents induce more

innovation? Evidence from the 1988 Japanese patent law reforms”, The Rand

Journal of Economics, 32, 77-100.

Sampath, Gehl Padmashree, 2006: “Indian Pharma within Global Reach?”, UNU-

Merit Working Paper Series No 2006 – 031.

Sarkar, J and Sarkar, S, 2005: “Debt and Corporate Governance in Emerging

Economies: Evidence from India”, IGIDR India, Working Paper Series-2005-007.

Page 56: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

56

Scotchmer, Suzanne, 1991: “Standing on the Shoulders of Giants: Cumulative

Innovation and the Patent,” Journal of Economic Perspectives, 5, 29-41.

Teece,J. D., 2002: “Managing Intellectual Capital: Organizational, Strategic and

Policy Dimensions”, Oxford University Press.

Teece,J. D., 1986: “Profiting from technological innovations”, Research Policy, 15,

285- 306.

Thomadakis, S.B., 1977: “A model of market power, valuation, and the firm‟s

returns”, Bell Journal of Economics, 17, 150-162.

Tobin, J., 1969: “A general equilibrium approach to monetary theory”, Journal of

Money Credit and Banking, 1, 15-29.

Toivanen O., Stoneman P., and Bosworth D., 2002: “Innovation and Market value

of UK Firms, 1989-1995”, Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 64, 39-61.

Trajtenberg, Manuel, 1990: “A Penny for Your Quotes: Patent Citations and the

Value of Innovations,” RAND Journal of Economics, 21(1), 172-187.

Page 57: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

57

I. Appendix of Detailed Results

A. Shadow and sample stratification – period trends

Table A.

Page 58: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

58

Table B.

Page 59: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

59

Table C.

Page 60: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

60

II. Appendix on associated research

A. Other Inventive Assets or proxies for Ks

We extended our investigation of the impact of patent reforms in Indian

pharmaceuticals by measuring inventive activity with other proxies, checking the

movement of private returns for them. These proxies included Drug Master Files

(DMFs) and Abbreviated New Drug Applications (ANDA) filed by our set of firms

with the Food and Drug Administration, United States. Our third proxy for

inventive assets was stocks of domestic patent counts procured from the EKASWA

database from the Indian Patent Office.

A “drug” refers to a specific chemical entity that may be called by its generic or

brand (proprietary) name. It may be manufactured by either the NDA or the New

Drug Application holder or one of many ANDA holders. A firm decides what forms

and concentrations to produce, a different (A) NDA being required for each. With

the Indian pharmaceutical industry focusing mainly on the generics markets in the

last 10-15 years, ANDA filings are frequent and would be a realistic proxy to

measure innovation and research output. We use stocks of only ANDA counts as

well as stocks of ANDA concentration counts to proxy for innovation output

following Morton (2002). The stocks are created using a similar range of

depreciation rates as used for R & D and results are reported at depreciation rates of

15% 25% and 35%. A drug master file or a DMF is on the other hand an optional

submission by the firm to the FDA of information, usually about the chemistry,

manufacturing and controls (and also other information) of a drug product or a

component of a drug product. This is filed to permit the FDA to review this

Page 61: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

61

information in support of a third party‟s submission. The FDA currently classifies

DMFs into four types Type I to Type IV depending on whether the information in

the DMF pertains to the manufacturing plant or clinical and toxicological

information, drug substance (products, intermediates or materials used in their

manufacturing), packaging or excipient information (Shaw, 2003). Our rationale in

using DMFs as a measure for inventive assets is vindicated by industry reports.

These cite that in the DMF filings space, India‟s share in global filings has

increased from 2.4% in „91, to around 35% in ‟04. Further it is only second to the

United States according to 2005 data in the DMF filings space. We also check our

results on stocks of domestic patent counts, information on which is procured from

the EKASWA database made available by the Indian Patent Office. The EKASWA

database provides us domestic patent filing information starting from 1995.

Summary statistics of these four proxies of inventive assets are reported with their

K/As at 15% depreciation rates in the table below.

Summary Statistics of Other Inventive Assets

Variable Obs Mean Std. Dev. Min Max

ANDA count 5112 0.021518 0.407241 0 15

ANDA Concentration count 5112 0.0446009 0.904329 0 35

DMF count 5106 0.1329808 1.008748 0 29

Domestic Patent count 5120 0.1408203 1.168836 0 40

ANDA Stocks/Total Assets 2900 0.0007893 0.012671 0 0.34785

ANDA Concentration Stocks/ Total

Assets

2900 0.0008282 0.012694 0 0.34785

DMF Stocks/ Total Assets 2900 0.0023699 0.01 0 0.141498

Domestic Patent Stocks/ Total Assets 2900 0.0025559 0.016521 0 0.344439

Page 62: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

62

The results of our analysis are indicated below in the table on the next page, these

are our R & D results at various depreciation rates. We argue that while ANDAs

might surely face obsolescence, DMFs might still not be subject to obsolescence

while measuring inventive output of a firm given its voluntary nature in filing for a

firm. Given that DMFs were used in our baseline regression not only for

depreciated stocks but also for its counts (100% depreciation figures in the table

below). In summary following broad observations could be made based on the

results. For ANDAs, usage of stocks of only counts or even concentration counts

show only minor changes in the quantum of the shadows as seen in the estimation

coefficients of K/As. It seems that during the period 1990 – 1994 ANDAs were

valued negatively by the markets the quantum of the shadow ranging between -30.1

to -32.2. These negative shadows by 1995 to 2000 had decreased in its amount but

still ranged between -8.8 to -12.0 during that period. As the implementation date for

product patents neared, the markets seem to have started viewing ANDAs

positively, their shadows becoming positive and ranging from 0.05 to 1.7. The

broad monotonic increase in private returns to inventive activity with

implementation of stronger patents is thus equally applicable when one proxies

intangibles with the ANDAs. For DMFs, shadows ranged from -6.1 to -2.4 during

1990-1995 but had increased monotonically by 2000-2005 ranging from 1.9 to 2.3.

This trend persists whether we take into account the non-obsolescence nature of

DMFs as indicated in figures with depreciation rates of 100%, where we used pure

DMF counts as Ks in our regressions. For domestic patents, the shadow during the

period 1990-1995 is 0 because no information on domestic information is available

during that period. However uniformly across various rates of depreciation the

Page 63: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

63

shadow which ranged from 0.4 to 0.5 during 1995-2000 fell during 2000 to 2005

ranging then from -1.05 to -0.95 during that period.

Table on Shadows of Other Inventive Assets

B. R & D expenditures in Indian Pharmaceuticals

For our sample firms, mean R & D expenditures was Rs 2.42 crore (approx

$0.52 million) with maximum R & D expenditure reported by Ranbaxy

Laboratories in 2004 of Rs 399.67 crore ($ 85 million). The mean R & D

expenditure has been rising over the years. In 1990 the mean of R & D expenditure

was Rs 0.2 crore and it rose to Rs 0.8 crore in 1995 and to Rs 1.5 crore in 2000 and

finally to Rs 9.3 crore in 2005. The standard deviation of R & D expenditures was

Rs 14.7 crore ($3.5 million). R & D expenditures were also studied on a firm-by-

firm basis. Observations which were not zeros or missing for any year for a firm

were taken and 173 firms were studied.

Page 64: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

64

Figure 1.

Compounded Annual Growth Rate of Total R & D expenditures of Indian

pharmaceutical firms

-100.0

-50.0

0.0

50.0

100.0

150.0

200.0

250.0

300.0

firmid

Numeric firm Identifier

CAG

R

cagr

This sample of firms as in Figure 1 above showed a compounded annual growth

rate (CAGR) of R & D expenditure ranging from de-growth of 50% to a growth of

248% for the period of analysis as shown in Exhibit 1 above. 8 firms had a CAGR

of greater than 100%, 10 firms showed a CAGR between 50-100%, 36 firms had a

CAGR between 25-50% while 54 firms showed a CAGR greater than zero and less

than 25%. In all 173 such firms were studied and the top high-growth firms are

listed in table below.

Table on Indian Pharmaceutical Firms in terms of R & D expenditure

FIRM Name CAGR of R & D

Expenditures (%)

Period for

CAGR

Unimark Remedies Ltd 248.8 1999-2002

Matrix Laboratories Ltd. 169.3 2001-2004

Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Ltd. 79.5 1996-2005

Cipla Ltd. 74.6 1993-2005

Nicholas Piramal India Ltd. 65.3 1994-2005

Morepen Laboratories Ltd. 50.6 1995-2002

Orchid Chemicals & Pharmaceuticals Ltd. 47.8 1994-2005

Vorin Laboratories Ltd. [Merged] 46.5 1996-2001

Shasun Chemicals & Drugs Ltd. 46.3 1993-2005

Dishman Pharmaceuticals & Chemicals Ltd. 45.8 2003-2005

Dr. Reddy'S Laboratories Ltd. 45.6 1992-2005

Indoco Remedies Ltd. 45.3 1998-2005

Torrent Pharmaceuticals Ltd. 29.6 1994-2005

Page 65: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

65

We also identified firms who reported R & D expenditures in excess of $ 1

million anytime during our period of analysis. A dozen firms as in Table above

reported R & D expenditure in excess of $ 1 million anytime during our period of

analysis and most of this increase occurred during 1999-2005. The compounded

annual growth rate (CAGR) of R & D expenditures for this elite group of 12 firms

shows an increasing trend of investment in R & D expenditures. CAGR for these

firms ranged from 24.8% for Aurobindo Pharma to 79.5% for Glenmark

Pharmaceuticals. This rate was computed from the year when data was reported and

was not zero or missing. The CAGR reveals and upward movement of R & D

expenditures. Yet they might be misleading when one places the quantum of R & D

expenditures of this elite group of Indian pharmaceutical firms with global

pharmaceutical majors. Global pharma majors were already spending in R & D

back during the 1950-1960s (Landau, Achilladelis and Scriabine [2005]) as much

amounts as what Indian pharmaceuticals are spending in R & D today. Even in

2005, R & D expenditures of the elite Indian firms, ranging between $ 11 million to

$ 84 million, were just about 1-10% of what global pharma majors were spending in

R & D (in excess of $ 1000 million) by the mid 1990s. Globally though, with

escalating costs of drug R & D, researchers are looking at the leverage of a drug

firm to re-invest its sales earnings or total assets into R & D for future growth.

It is on this count that Indian drug firms are catching up with their R & D

expenditure as % of sales reaching levels of global Pharma. Today, global Pharma

is spending some 15%-20% of their sales in R & D expenditure. Indian firms like

Dr Reddy‟s Laboratories are touching those R & D intensity levels having spent

some 17% of their sales in R & D in 2005.

Page 66: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

66

Table on Firms with R & D expenditures in excess of $ 1 million

T

The intensity level has risen from less than 0.5% levels even ten years back

to somewhere between 3 % - 7% in 2005, with individual firms like Dr Reddys,

Ranbaxy, or Glenmark spending in excess of 10% of sales or more in the last two or

three years. Our overall industry dataset shows a mean of intensity of R & D

expenditure as a percentage of sales at 0.12% in 1990, increasing to 0.84% in 1995,

0.9% in 2000 and reaching 2.7% levels by 2005.

FIRM Name Total R & D

expenditure in 2005 (in Rs crore,

in braces dollar

equivalents)

CAGR for

total R & D expenditure

YEAR

computed from

Mean

Intensity (R & D

expenditure

as % of sales)

Aurobindo Pharma 54.31 ($ 11.4 mil)

24.8 2000 2.4

Cadila Healthcare 103.2

($ 21.7 mil)

40.8 1996 4.7

Cipla 98.38 ($ 20.7 mil)

74.6 1993 3.0

Dr Reddy‟s

Laboratories

297.79

($ 62.5 mil)

45.6 1992 5.0

Glenmark Pharmaceuticals

48.68 ($ 10.2 mil)

79.5 1996 5.3

Lupin 83.61

($ 17.6 mil)

48.7 1993 4.0

Nicholas Piramal 108.44

($ 22.8 mil)

65.3 1997 2.4

Orchid Chemicals &

Pharmaceuticals

52.21

($ 10.9 mil)

47.80 1994 4.1

Ranbaxy Laboratories 399.66 ($ 84 mil) 30.9 1993 4.7

Sun Pharmaceutical Industries

115.98 ($ 24.4 mil)

31.1 1994 5.8

Torrent

Pharmaceuticals

67.32

($ 14.1 mil)

29.6 1994 6.4

Wockhardt 69.28 ($ 14.5 mil)

32.6 1992 5.6

Page 67: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

67

Along side intensity levels, some firms are showing signs of indulging in R & D

geared towards drug discovery. Indian firms are also forging strategic alliances with

global pharma firms. At the forefront of such alliances are generic makers, like Par

Pharma and Watson striking R & D alliances with their Indian counterparts like Dr

Reddy‟s or Cipla Ltd. In the new drug discovery regime, a few licensing deals have

already been chalked out – Dr Reddy‟s has for example licensed out its DRF 2593,

DRF 2725, diabetic molecules to Novo Nordisk and DRF 4158 metabolic disorder

related molecule to Novartis AG. Ranbaxy has inked a deal with Bayer AG for its

Cipro XR antibiotic molecule and with Schwarz Pharma for its RBx 2258 molecule.

These deals are not one-off, with other drug makers in India, like Torrent and

Glenmark catching up in licensing new molecules to global firms like Novartis AG

and Forest labs respectively. Indian drug makers also now realize the importance of

owning knowledge assets, Indian filings at the FDA for Abbreviated New Drug

Application counts or for Drug Master Files to manufacture generics increasing in

the last few years. We find that this evolution in R & D capabilities is most keenly

evidenced in firms who engage in US patenting activity, or those firms who were

picked by analysts in the Indian equity markets. Motivated by these developments

at the industry subset levels, we also try to understand the movement of R & D

expenditures in Indian pharmaceuticals at the various industry strata identified. As

shown in Table on R & D expenditures in various industry subsets below, firms

with US patenting activity reported a mean of total R & D expenditure of Rs 0.1

crore in 1990, this figure increasing to Rs 3.6 crore in 1995, Rs 8.1 crore in 2000

and Rs 48 crore in 2005. For these firms intensity of R & D expenditure rose from

0.8% of sales in 1990 to 1.8% in 1995, 2.6% in 2000 and 6% in 2005. For firms

Page 68: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

68

picked by analysts, mean of total R & D expenditure was Rs 0.4 crore in 1990,

increasing to Rs 3.0 crore in 1995, Rs 8.6 crore in 2000 and Rs 40.9 crore in 2005.

The intensity stood at 0.2% of sales in 1990, rising to 1.6% in 1995, 2.3% in 2000

and further to 4.8% by 2005. The movement of R & D expenditure and its intensity

for other industry subsets are also noted. The table in the next page shows that there

is a rising trend in terms of both absolute expenditure and intensity of R & D.

Table on R & D expenditures in industry subsets of Indian pharmaceuticals

1990 1995 2000 2005 Overall

Only US Patenting firms (47 firms)

Mean of Total R & D expenditure

(in Rs crore)

0.1 3.6 8.1 48.1 11.9

Mean of Total R & D Expenditure

as % of sales

0.1 1.8 2.6 5.9 2.2

Firms Picked by Analysts (41 firms)

Mean of Total R & D expenditure

(in Rs crore)

0.4 3.0 8.6 40.9 12.6

Mean of Total R & D Expenditure

as % of sales

0.2 1.6 2.3 4.8 2.3

Firms approved by FDA(42 firms)

Mean of Total R & D expenditure

(in Rs crore)

0.2 3.5 8.1 40.4 12.5

Mean of Total R & D Expenditure

As % of sales

0.1 1.5 1.7 4.8 2.0

Modern Firms (145 firms)

Mean of Total R & D expenditure

(in Rs crore)

0.2 1.6 3.0 16.9 4.8

Mean of Total R & D Expenditure

As % of sales

0.1 1.0 1.0 4.6 1.7

Entire Industry (315 firms)

Mean of Total R & D expenditure

(in Rs crore)

0.2 0.8 1.5 9.3 2.4

Mean of Total R & D Expenditure

as % of sales

0.1 0.8 0.9 2.7 1.2

C. Sample Stratification

To understand the dynamics within the industry and effects of a

changing IPR regime on that, we adopted a sample stratification strategy as outlined

below. Our basic stratified samples included dividing up the drug firms in our

dataset as modern or non-modern firms, firms‟ whose manufacturing facility(s) has

Page 69: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

69

been certified by the FDA at any time as per the data provided to us by FDA, also

firms who were identified as front-runners in the Indian drugs and pharmaceuticals

space by analysts in the Indian financial markets and finally firms who had or had

not filed for a US patent with the US patent office. We also carried out

stratifications based on their ownership group, i.e. either domestic or foreign firms

and outline here the same.

Modern or non-modern drug firms in the Indian setting

We found the Indian pharmaceuticals industry to be quite varied in terms of

the horizontal spread of the industry as per firm size as well as the vertical depth

depending on a firm‟s business focus. Trade association figures suggest that there

are some 10000 units in the industry with some 300 in the organized sector. One

can ascertain this from the number of interest groups that are currently present in

the industry – there are the bulk drug manufacturers associations, and the

pharmaceuticals exports association, association of subsidiaries of foreign

pharmaceutical manufacturers in India as also the association for domestic

formulations makers or small and medium drug entities. The spread and depth in

the industry reflects also in a firm‟s positioning related to R & D and manufacturing

capabilities. We do understand that a classification process in such a scenario while

by no means conclusive still might aid in understanding consolidation dynamics

within the industry. This especially with changes in IPR and the interest of the

researcher in separating the wheat from the chaff. Our research based on talking to

a few firms, looking at their websites, consulting analyst reports on the industry or

going through the firms‟ annual reports suggested that the Indian drugs industry

could be at the first level broadly identified in terms of the products they were

Page 70: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

70

finally manufacturing. So, in many cases firms were just bulk or active

pharmaceutical ingredients makers – some other times they were a little more than

just that; bulk drugs entity producing what the industry calls as advanced

intermediates which are almost finished dosage forms except that a formulations

company picks up an advanced intermediate and gives it a final shape adding

excipients, assigning a brand and selling them as tablets, capsules or any other final

medicinal form. Yet other times, firms were found to be specializing in the

production of new drug delivery systems, or were just pure capsule makers viz.

Empty Hard Gelatine Capsules made by Bharti Healthcare from northern India. For

this research we stayed out of Indian drug firms (and there were about 10 of them in

our dataset) who specialized in the traditional medicines space like Ayurveda or

Herbal formulations space.

The primary source for classifying the product portfolio of firms was the

CMIE – Prowess data base we were using for our research. After eliminating firms

in the traditional medicines space and those with spurious data we arrived at a

consolidated sample of 315 drug firms for analysis in the Indian context. From the

dataset we then tried in assessing the product portfolio or the nature of

manufactured products for a firm. Such an approach was not without

inconsistencies. For example, capacities for manufacturing always didn‟t

correspond to the product types that were being sold by any given firm. We used

checks not only on the „capacity for manufacture‟ fields on the database but also on

the „product on sales‟. Some other times, the years for which data were cited ended

much before 1999 or 2001. And then again for some firms in the database there was

absolutely no observation at all. For both of the above situation we have validated

Page 71: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

71

the observations from the database by visiting the concerned firm‟s website and

looking at the respective firm‟s latest product portfolio where available. Finally,

many a times, bulk, formulations, intermediates, medical products or NDDS were

observed not in a consistent language across all firms for all years. We applied our

judgment in such a case as to what constituted for coming under the broad category

of bulk, formulations, intermediated, medical products or NDDS. Finally, as was

mentioned above, the judgment factor could have induced a bias in the

classification process, but for that the researcher has only confirmed his

understanding of a firm‟s positioning by visiting the websites of the concerned firm

in question. Most often a bulk maker or a formulations maker could easily be

identified by visiting the Products section of the respective firms‟ website – though

it must be said quite a few firms didn‟t have any website at all – and then again

there were a few instances where integration was judged based on the range of

products that were being manufactured and sold by the firm.

Broadly speaking thus, the heuristic for classification went like this.

i. For any firm X one accessed the products manufactured section on

the CMIE database. Checked that with the products sold by the same firm from

their website.

ii. That provided the categories under which capacities were installed in

the firm cited for the last few years – say for example 2001-2005.

iii. We benchmark our data for the year 2000. 2001 data was taken as

indicative of the firms‟ positioning in 2000 and so was 1999 data. However if the

data citing ended much before 2000 say for example, due to reasons of mergers,

acquisition or winding up of operations by the firm – with such a year in question

Page 72: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

72

being 1996 for example – 1996 then was noted as the ending year product category

with a note in the database of the year by which the category was noted.

iv. If the data on the CMIE database started from 2001 or ended in 1999

– unlike say specifically the company‟s position in 2000 – the assumption was

checked by visiting the Products section of the firms‟ website. We thus ended up

identifying our firms as belonging to one of the following categories: bulk only

makers (94), makers of only formulations (98), bulk and formulations with

evidences of integrated operations (52), and bulk and formulations without any

evidence of integration (28). The rest, 43 firms were classified as others who could

not be identified as belonging to one among the above set of drug makers. It might

be worthwhile to mention here that our dataset had 6 biotech firms, 13 firms who

specialized in medical products or diagnostic kits and 11 specializing in new drug

delivery systems.

v. Having classified firms as per their product portfolio we moved on to

collecting data on the nature of R & D being done by the firms. 10 of the firms were

focusing on research purely on Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients, 7 of them had

added biotech research capabilities to API research capabilities, 31 were

specializing in R & D on both bulk and formulations, 8 of them seem to be

conducting drugs R & D in advanced intermediates apart from API research

capabilities, 18 specialized also on research related to novel drug delivery systems,

23 were specializing on research only in formulations, and likewise.

vi. We then matched our data on R & D with that of the product

portfolio data for firms. This was done along with three other associated checks to

arrive at a broad classification in the industry comprising of modern or non-modern

Page 73: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

73

drug firms. Firstly we checked our R & D classification data with analyst reports on

strategic alliances with foreign drug firms for a domestic firm either in Europe or in

the United States. Next, we also checked if the firm had a full-fledged R & D center

or were claiming to conduct R & D in their manufacturing facilities, consigning the

latter to be practically doing no real R & D. Finally, we also confirmed the presence

of a GoI21

approved R & D facility with the firm. We used the above three

classifications and identified firms as being a modern drug firm or a non-modern

drug firm if it had a strategic R & D alliance OR had a separate R & D center OR

had a government approved R & D facility while keeping in mind the matching of

the R & D portfolio with the product portfolio of the firm.

We thus identified, one can perhaps say with a liberal classification system,

(we tighten the screws in subsequent stratification strategy), at 145 modern drug

firms and 170 non-modern drug firms in our dataset. For the modern drug firms

over the years, total R & D expenditure at the mean was Rs 4.8 crore (approx $ 1.02

mil), that being about 2.3% of mean sales which was around Rs 172 crore (approx $

36.6 mil).

Firms whose facilities were certified by FDA any time

Another stratification strategy used the FDA certification data we collected

from the Food and Drug Administration, USA. The compelling reason behind such

a stratification stemmed from the importance given to Indian drug manufacturers by

FDA. We found it worthwhile to check that subset in the industry which is trying to

get this FDA certification in manufacturing so that they could compete with their

21

The Department of Science and Technology of the Indian Government approves industrial R & D

facility of firms based in India.

Page 74: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

74

products at the global pharma markets. The data provided to us details on

certification of drug manufacturing facilities in India, Taiwan, Korea and Japan, by

firm name, their manufacturing facility, and date of certification with information

on whether the standards were in line with FDA benchmarks. We used the date of

inspection to assign if the certification happened in a particular year as in our panel.

For India, 193 drug manufacturing plants –41% of all complying plants from

inspections in Japan, Taiwan, Korea and India – were in compliance with FDA

regulations. This was a number that matched with increasing numbers of FDA

approved facilities as available from other sources22

. Out of the overall data, 8

facilities, in various years for different or same firms were not granted approvals

despite FDA inspections. We used the FDA data, to create a dummy for firms,

assuming that if a firm in any year had a FDA certification it would be coded as 1

and otherwise zero. There were 672 such observations, during which an FDA

inspection in a year, for a particular firm resulted in a compliance certification. We

report our movement of the shadow for this set of 42 firms – who had a mean total

R & D expenditure of Rs 12.5 crore (approx $ 2.7 mil ), some 3.7 % of mean sales

of Rs 342 crore (approx $ 72.8 mil ).

Firms identified by analysts as good investment options

For the purpose of stratifying our sample, we also consulted analyst reports.

There were firms that were picked by analysts as front runners in the drugs and

pharmaceutical industry, in terms of their potential to be good investment options.

The first was a research report by Morgan and Stanley‟s global equity research

22 In 2005, the largest number of 60 compliance certificates of manufacturing facilities went to

Indian drug firms – a number more than drug firms in Israel, China, Italy, Taiwan, Spain and

Hungary, cited a Morgan Stanley, 2004 analyst report.

Page 75: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

75

division, published in December 2004, which identified firms from as the report

was titled the “Emerging Indian Pharmaceutical Industry”. The second also was

from Morgan and Stanley but this time coming from a field trip report by its

Asia/Pacific equity research division, written again in 2004. The final list of firms

came from Kotak Institutional Securities, an equity house based out of Mumbai, in

which Goldman Sachs had a 25% stake for its Indian operations until 2006. The

consolidated list of 41 firms favored by analysts had a mean total R & D

expenditure of Rs 12.6 crore (approx $2.8 mil), some 3.5% of mean sales of Rs

359.2 crore (approx $76.4 mil).

Firms with at least one US Patent filed and granted as per the US

Patent Office

The sample was also stratified on the basis of data collected from the US

Patent office, US Patents being identified by assignee name and/or inventor country

filed by drug companies based out of India. There were 47 such firms, who had at

least one US Patent filed at the USPTO. For these set of firms with US patenting

history, the earliest patent filed by an Indian firm dated back to 1974, average

patents filed by an Indian firm were 0.076, and the maximum filed by a particular

firm in a particular year was by Ranbaxy Ltd -- 11 patents in 2002. The

complementary set of firms was also identified as a stratum for investigation. It

might be an aside to mention here but there were 281 firms with domestic

ownership, 34 with foreign ownership and 288 firms who didn‟t face a merger or

acquisition in our dataset.

Characterization of sub-sets in Indian Drugs and Pharmaceuticals Industry

Page 76: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

76

D. Measuring Tobin’s Q for Indian drug firms

Our study hinges critically on the measurement of Tobin‟s Q. When one

looks at literature from financial economics, one finds a basic definition of Tobin‟s

Q starting from an entire stream of literature pioneered by James Tobin in his

seminal paper in 1969 titled, “A general equilibrium approach to monetary theory”.

Researchers have used Tobin‟s Q as a measure of firm performance subsequently in

various areas of research, whether to understand ownership issues or the impact of

mergers and acquisitions in an industry. The idea of Tobin‟s Q is based on the fact

that a firm needs to be valued not only by the markets but also in terms of

replacement cost of its assets. Thus computationally, Q has been a ratio of the

Characterization Entire

Industry

Only

Modern

Firms

Analyst

Firms

FDA

Firms

Firms

with US

Patenting

Firms

with no

US

Patenting No of firms 315 145 41 42 47 268

Un-treated R & D

Mean R & D expenditure

2.42 4.76 12.62 12.47 11.96 0.41

Max R & D

expenditure

399.66 399.66 399.66 399.66 399.66 28.65

Treated R& D

Mean R & D

expenditure

1.58 3.39 10.69 9.69 9.26 0.26

Max R & D expenditure

639.20 639.2 639.2 639.2 639.2 28.9

Mean Sales 98.46 172.95 359.16 341.76 336.05 48.43

Max Sales 4275.30 4275.3 4275.3 4275.3 4275.3 1501.21

Mean Assets 104.90 177.84 389.27 377.96 361.98 50.76

Max Assets 4182.85 4182.85 4182.85 4182.85 4182.85 2322.55

Un-Treated R & D

R & D expenditure/Sales at

the mean (%)

2.46 2.75 3.51 3.65 3.56 0.85

Treated R & D

R & D

expenditure/Sales at the mean (%)

1.60 1.96 2.98 2.84 2.76 0.53

*Absolute numbers are in 10 million Indian Rupees

Page 77: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

77

market value of a firm to its replacement cost of assets. There are certain subtleties

associated with such an aggregate definition of how to compute Tobin‟s Q. Firstly,

accounting standards differ in various economies, be that in European, US or Asian

context, thus accounting reportage has to be carefully handled to use them as data

for economic analysis. Secondly, the numerator, market value of the firm is an

aggregate of the market value of not only the equity portion of a firm‟s valuation

but also the debt portion. Measuring market value of equity could be not so straight-

forward given that a firm‟s equity capital could consist of not only its common

stock but also its preferred stock. Measuring market value of debt also requires

approximation for in most economies arriving at that with an underdeveloped bond

or debt trading markets might be difficult. To counter all these problems, the

literature in financial economics has over the years arrived at various contextual

algorithms or approximations to measure Tobin‟s Q. (Lewellen and Badrinath,

1997, Thomadakis, 1977 and Perfect and Wiles, 1994). The literature on market

valuation of innovation, started by Griliches, Hall and others broadly adopts the

above algorithms modifying them in a contextual setting as required by accounting

standards in a particular economy. We follow closely both the financial economics

literature thus, along with literature on market valuation of innovation to construct

our Tobin‟s q, falling back when required to adapt ourselves to the measurement of

Q in the Indian context borrowing from previous studies on measuring Tobin‟s Q in

research related to India (Khanna and Palepu, 1990 and Sarkar and Sarkar, 2005).

We outline here thus our broad steps to construct Tobin‟s Q from the CMIE data.

Firstly we look at the numerator, to compute the market value of Q ratio. For

Page 78: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

78

measuring market value of debt, we use the following accounting data to measure

market value of debt:

1. Total borrowings & Total liabilities

2. Total borrowings along with current liabilities and provisions.

3. Debt to Equity ratio * Net Worth

All of the above are available in the CMIE dataset for a firm in a particular year,

giving us four options for measuring market value of debt. For market value of

equity, we use the preferred capital of a firm in a year, and add it up to the market

capitalization of a firm for a particular year for the common stock of the firm.

Market capitalization is arrived at by using the number of outstanding shares of a

firm in the Bombay Stock Exchange multiplied with its closing price on the last day

of a financial year. Thus along with four ways of measuring debt, and the market

value of equity and preferred capital, we arrive at four possible ways of measuring

the numerator, the market value of a firm. Financial economics literature has

several strands of debate on how to appropriately measure the replacement cost of

assets. We use the total assets figures of a firm with four variations in the Indian

context from the CMIE data. These four ways of measuring replacement costs of

assets were:

Total assets subtracting Misc. Expenditure not written off from Total assets.

(The second term, industry sources whom we also consulted pointed out was not

really measuring the real assets of the firm. We confirmed that with our dataset

for it included data on items like voluntary retirement expenses and thought it

wise to subtract from total assets.)

Page 79: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

79

Total assets with Misc. Expenditure not written off and Intangible Assets both

subtracted from it. (If R & D is less than 1% of total sales, Indian Companies

Act 1956 doesn‟t make it mandatory to report R & D expenditure separately.

Our industry discussions pointed out thus that, firms many a times club R & D

expenditure with advertising expenditure and report it under the head of

intangible assets leaving no separate field for advertising expenditure; we thus

felt it wise to check with intangible assets being additionally subtracted from

Total assets).

We also used figures on total assets in a stand alone way to measure Tobin‟s Q.

Finally, the CMIE dataset also provides us average of previous and a current

year data; we used the average total assets to measure for replacement cost of

assets.

Four possible measures of replacement cost of assets and four possible

measures of market value, gives us sixteen different combinations to measure

Tobin‟s Q. We checked for the pair- wise correlations for all these 16 different

measures of Tobin‟s Q. Using correlation figures along with literature and our

judgment on what could be the most adroitly yet comprehensively measurement

strategy for Q, we arrived at the following:

a. Tobin‟s Q = market value / replacement cost of assets.

b. Market value = market value of equity + market value of debt.

c. Market value of equity = Market value of common stock and

preferred stock:

Page 80: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

80

d. Market value of common stock = Outstanding shares * closing price

(both at BSE, year-end) and Market value of preferred stock = Preferred

capital provided by the CMIE data (Sarkar and Sarkar (2005))

e. Market value of debt = Total borrowings and current liabilities and

provisions.

f. Replacement Costs of Assets = Total assets of a firm in a year, with

misc. expenditure not written off and intangible assets, both subtracted from

it.

Additionally, we also use the same heuristic to measure Q for computing

overall industry Q from all the firms, made available by the CMIE-Prowess dataset.

We use the mean of overall industry Q as a control on the right – hand side of our

regressions throughout our regressions to offset overall industry effects on the set of

drug firms.

E. Heuristic for imputation of R & D expenditure

While we discuss about the nature of distribution of R & D expenditure in a

separate section of the appendix, as has been discussed, R & D reportage is a matter

of concern in the Indian context. The disclosure norms under the Indian Companies

Act 1956 require companies to report heads of expenditure accounting for more

than 1% of turnover. Since R & D expenditure in pharmaceutical firms in India are

often less than 1% the management could quite frequently not report it, clubbing it

with advertising expenditure while reporting it under intangible assets in the

balance sheet. Further our R & D expenditures came both from capital account as

well as current account. R&D expenditures on capital account takes into

consideration R&D spending related to capital assets such as buildings, plant and

Page 81: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

81

equipment, laboratories, etc. R&D expenditure on revenue or current account means

R&D spending related to current year's R&D activities such as R&D staff salaries,

materials used in R&D projects, etc. We used an additive combination of R & D

expenditure on both the capital and current account to measure total R & D

expenditure for a firm in a year. These expenditure figures were then used to

construct R & D stocks at various literature specified depreciation rates – as

outlined in another section of the appendix. The same method was applied to the

imputed R & D expenditures. Imputed R & D expenditures were created using a

sensible heuristic of R & D intensity, especially for firms who don‟t report R & D

expenditure either or on both the capital and current account during in-between

years. In all 54 firms were treated for missing R & D observations in in-between

years with before and after observations of R & D expenditure being present. Firm

specific approaches were followed, though very broadly, we use average intensities

(R & D expenditure on sales) to impute data. Thus for Cipla Ltd, the Indian firm

which created waves bringing in its low-cost AIDS drugs, R & D is consistently

reported starting from 1993 until 2005 with observations missing in 1996 and 2003.

Annual reports or SEBI database didn‟t prove of much help for imputing data for

Cipla, because it doesn‟t mention R & D expenditure separately in the annual

reports of those years – presumably they having fallen below reportable

percentages. However one cannot simply do away with R & D expenditure, in those

years more so, given previous and subsequent period data existing. Thus for Cipla

we take the average intensity of R & D expenditure, 3% of sales, as benchmark

intensity, and impute data of R & D expenditure in 1996 and 2003 on current

account and capital account. In some other cases, when CMIE failed to capture

Page 82: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

82

data, we used data available from firm websites and ten-year financial summaries to

impute data. This for example was the treatment strategy for R & D expenditure of

the Indian subsidiary of Abbott Ltd which has had a 61 year presence in Indian

markets. As mentioned, we apportion the imputed amount on current or capital

account relying on previous year and subsequent year trends of shares of current or

capital account on total R & D expenditure and if that is unavailable, we allocate

them equally among the two accounts. This heuristic for treatment of R & D took

into account 2217 missing observations in total untreated R & D expenditure in our

panel. The mean of treated total R & D expenditure was Rs 1.6 crore (approx $ 0.34

mil) – about 37% lower than the mean of un-treated total R & D expenditure at Rs

2.4 crore (approx $ 0.51 mil ), with standard deviations of former being around Rs

14.3 – Rs 14.7 crore ($ 3.1 mil approx). The correlation between treated and un-

treated total R & D expenditure was more than 99.5%.

F. Creation of R & D stocks

R & D expenditure by firms is undertaken as an investment intended to create a

knowledge stock. This stream of thought has given rise to an entire body of

literature related to endogenous growth theory. Essentially, there is a need for

creation of R & D stocks, treating R & D expenditure in the same way as ordinary

investment in tangible assets. This more so, because R & D conducted today, and

thereby generating knowledge stocks in the same or subsequent periods, might not

be as valuable as R & D tomorrow and its associated knowledge stocks generated.

This means much like in investments in tangible assets, even in investments in R &

D, an intangible asset or knowledge capital, one needs to assume an appropriate

depreciation rate. To identify an appropriate depreciation rate, researchers have

Page 83: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

83

adopted various approaches, mostly using a perpetual inventory model and using

standard depreciation rates of 15-20%. A recent paper (Hall, 2006) highlights this

problem acutely, and tries also to look at the lag structure of R & D in generating

returns and if that is influenced, in the case of private returns, by the markets

themselves, rather than the other way around. For our purposes we create our R &

D stocks both on treated and un-treated R & D expenditure

thus: tiRtiKtiK ,1,, where for firm i, K represents the stock of R & D

expenditure in year t and t-1 and R represents the flow of R & D expenditure in a

particular year t. Researchers (Griliches and Mairesse, 1984; Hall, 1990; Jaffe,

1986; Hall 1993; Blundell et al., 1999; Hall and Oriani, 2006) have used a perpetual

inventory method to compute the stocks using depreciation rates in the range of 15-

20%. We adopt a slightly modified approach. Firstly, for our starting year t=1990,

we assume that the flow of R & D expenditure is also the stock of R & D for a firm.

That is tiRtiK ,, for t=1990. Given that, we apply literature specified rates, as

well as depreciation rates in increments of 5% and check our results. Thus we use

depreciation rates of 15%, 20%, 25%, 30% and 35%, reporting results with only

15% and 25% depreciation rates. Further, conversations with some industry insiders

suggests that with globalization of R & D (setting up of centers for drug R & D by

global pharmaceutical firms like AstraZeneca in India) it could be possible that R &

D salaries (rather than R & D capital) accounted for a substantial chunk of total R &

D expenditures of these firms. In other words this also might have meant that R &

D salaries might have depreciated more in comparison to R & D assets. Thus for

our R & D expenditure we apply depreciation rates of 15% on R & D expenditure

Page 84: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

84

reported on capital account (spending on capital assets and machinery) and 30% on

the current account (which takes into account salaries) and do the same with a 20%-

40% combination on capital and current account and check our results. We report

results on 15%-30% combination of depreciation rates in this paper, the other

combination giving us no significant variations.

G. The Bombay Stock Exchange

Efficient markets are a prerequisite for carrying out this analysis. We stay close

to the literature on market value of innovation that was formulated adding to

findings from other studies in various economies and industries in the developed

world. Concerns about its applicability to the context of an emerging economy like

India are natural, in this section we try to take care of them. Our study focuses on

the Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE), which established in 1875 is not only among

the most prominent stock exchanges around the world, but also the oldest in Asia.

In 2006-07, stock markets like NYSE bought in ownership stakes in the Bombay

Stock Exchange. The confidence on the Indian financial system and specifically the

BSE bourses can also be evidenced from the high interest of foreign institutional

investors in the last decade. With some 3500 firms listed, BSE as of Oct‟2006 had a

total market capitalization of Rs 33.4 trillion (US $ 730 billion). If we consider our

dataset of publicly traded drug and pharmaceutical firms on the BSE, 2004 and

2005 data indicates that it constituted about 4% of that overall market capitalization

of BSE. Three pharmaceutical companies, Cipla Ltd, Dr Reddy‟s Laboratories and

Ranbaxy are part of the elite 30 stocks comprising the most popular index of the

BSE – known as the SENSEX that is widely represented by the largest firms from

other sectors in the Indian economy. In recent times, Indian stock markets are

Page 85: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

85

witnessing quite some high-returns to investments perhaps portraying the

confidence of not only institutional but also retail investors. A recent study from the

Wharton Business School on “Financing Firms in India” (Allen, Chakrabarti, De

et.al 2006) points out that a one dollar investment at the BSE – India in 1992, would

have yielded close to a four and a half dollars, almost 15 years on, in 2006. That

was the highest return witnessed from any prominent stock exchange in the world –

SSE China gave around 1.8 dollars back, FTSE – London would have given 2.1

dollars back, Nikkei in Japan would have returned back the dollar, while S & P 500

would have given back three dollars during that period. That study also looks at the

Indian financial markets and places it at par with other English origin, French

origin, German origin or Scandinavian origin financial markets in terms of the

banking and market sector‟s activity, size and efficiency. (Refer Table 3-B page 56

of Allen, Chakrabarti, and De et.al, 2006). Finally, Bombay Stock Exchange is

competitively placed in the hierarchy of global bourses (Refer Table below).

Global stock exchanges

Stock

Exchange

Total Market Cap

(US $ billion)

Concentration

(%)

Turnover Velocity

(%)

NYSE 12, 707, 578.3 55.8% 89.8%

Tokyo SE 3,557, 674.4 56.9% 97.1%

NASDAQ 3,532,912.0 59.3% 124.8%

London SE 2,441,261.4 68.8 115.0

BSE, Mumbai 386,321.1 89.2 43.1

Source: www.fipv.com, website of international organization of stock exchanges; Allen, Chakrabarti, De et.al 2006. Concentration is share of total yearly turnover of an exchange, from

turnover of top 5% firms in terms of market cap. Turnover velocity is the total turnover for the

year expressed as a percentage of the total market capitalization.

Page 86: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

86

III. Appendix on Firm Case Studies & Findings from India Trip23

Introduction

This appendix documents summary of conversations with firms, the

interviews being part of a field-trip undertaken in India during December 2008. Our

overall goal was to understand the evolution of firm capabilities in the Indian

pharmaceutical industry. The 14 firms ( details available on request) covered in the

trip were selected to represent the wide spectrum of capabilities in the industry. We

interviewed 5 firms (Suven Labs, GVK Biosciences, Aurigene Technologies,

Advinus Therapeutics and Jubilant Organosys) specializing in contract and/or

collaborative drug discovery research with Western partners. 5 more were Indian

generic firms, 2 among which Ranbaxy and Dr Reddy‟s were early leaders in drug

discovery in the industry, setting up their R & D centers in early 1990s. The other 3

among these five, Glenmark, Sun Pharmaceuticals and Zydus Cadila entered drug

discovery in the last decade with different business models to fund NCE (New

Chemical Entity) and NBE (New Biological Entity) research. We also spoke to 4

other firms, 1 of which was a MNC with a 50 year presence in India, Novartis‟s India

subsidiary; 2 firms focusing on India‟s growing domestic markets, USV Limited and

Emcure Pharmaceuticals. The other remaining firm in the sample was Avesthagen, a

fledgling biotech entity in the industry. The field trip was undertaken in a tumultuous

time in India‟s recent history; a fortnight after the Mumbai terror attacks riddled and

shocked the country‟s financial center, leaving the world dismayed. Over a span of

23 The India Field Trip was done in December 2008 and was supported by the Alfred P. Sloan

Foundation. We are immensely indebted to industry participants for providing us their valuable time

and inputs in the conversations. A more detailed field report is available from Chirantan Chatterjee

on request.

Page 87: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

87

12 odd days we crisscrossed 5 Indian cities of Mumbai, Hyderabad, Bangalore, Delhi

and Ahmedabad talking to the 14 Indian firms and getting a sense of

entrepreneurship, firm capabilities and industry evolution to get a sense of the

industry‟s responses to macro and micro level changes in the last decade.

Sample Selection & Broad Issues

Our overall goal was to understand firm capabilities and in this section we

document our pre-trip preparation. Mr. D G Shah of the Indian Pharmaceutical

Alliance, a premier industry body was extremely helpful to us in arranging the

interviews. We wrote directly to the CEO of each firm and coordinated with the

CEO‟s office to set up 2-3 hourly interview slots with their top management

including their R&D managers.

Some specific questions around which we focused our conversations were:

a. Was stronger IP really an incentive for the more technologically

progressive Indian firm (and also others) to ramp up its R & D efforts and

investments? Could drug discovery have been undertaken by the modern firms as a

natural progression (from the previous weak IP regime enabled complementary

capabilities) while being agnostic to TRIPs? Did the changes in patent laws that

underwent several amendments from the original 1970 version in 1999, 2002, and

2005 influence firm strategy? What kind of an impact did the Indian economic

reforms since 1991 have on the Indian pharmaceutical firm‟s (and the industry‟s)

strategic direction?

b. While stronger IP was officially approved to be in place since 2005

as per WTO-TRIPs, India has taken an inordinately long time to get its act going in

Page 88: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

88

terms of setting up its patent laws and administration. Might it then be true that this

delay in getting its act right in establishing the nation‟s IP laws deterred MNC entry

in setting up R & D centers within the country?

c. How is the industry sub-segmenting out in the face of the new IP

regime and global pharmaceutical changes? Do we see more

acquisitions/mergers/exits? How are the firms generating cash if they are at all

interested in doing drug discovery?

d. Are some firms able to better exploit the new business environment

to fit in to the global pharmaceutical innovation value chain? What are the prospects

of witnessing the first Indian blockbuster drug and the first Indian big

pharmaceutical firm going forward? Finally, what is the role of the Hatch-Waxman

in the US and generic market opportunities amidst all these changes in the

industry‟s capabilities?

Summary of Findings

Our discussion from here on documents the findings based on the firm-case

interviews. First, we take a broad look at how entrepreneurial orientation has guided

firm strategy and its R & D capabilities. Next, we document the overall response

from our field-trip participants on the broad response of their particular firm (and if

possible of the industry) to WTO-TRIPs, the 1991 opening of the Indian economy

and the Hatch-Waxman Act of 1984 opening US generic markets. Our discussions

also generated some interesting hypotheses, some of which we believe could be

tested in an econometric setting with future acquired data.

Page 89: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

89

Entrepreneurship & Firm Strategy

Our 14 firms had very different entrepreneurial antecedents and our meeting

with these firms clearly indicated that firm-strategy to a large extent in these firms

wase a legacy of entrepreneurial orientation. The sample had a wide distribution. In

Mumbai for example, our first interviewed firm Glenmark had a dynamic CEO, Mr

Glenn Saldanha (son of the original founder) with past US degrees and exposure to

Western pharmaceutical firms. Mr Saldanha‟s vision was clearly visible in the

firm‟s strategy, he having guided Glenmark out of a pre-1995 history of selling

domestic formulations into being a NCE research driven firm with a separate

generics entity. At the other end of the spectrum was Mr Dilip Shanghvi, CEO of

Sun Pharmaceuticals who started his firm as a seller of Active Pharmaceutical

Ingredients (APIs) on cycles in Kolkata, India but today has guided Sun Pharma to

being one of the most aggressive generic entrants in the US market. Mr Shanghvi

clearly gave us a sense that he rather be conservative, than have high hopes on

becoming an innovative behemoth in global pharmaceuticals. Accordingly, Sun

Pharma has also spun off its R & D into a subsidiary to de-risk investor

expectations and R & D results from firm performance. At USV Limited, again in

Mumbai, we met an entrepreneurial couple, Mr and Mrs. Prashant Tewari, both

returnee migrants to India after an US education, who took up the family business

from their previous generation ever since return. The Tewaris gave us an impression

of being far more conservative than what one would expect them to be, given their

exposures to international settings. USV has been focusing strongly on its

marketing strength to open up the bottom of the pyramid markets within India. Our

travel from Mumbai to Hyderabad set us up with Mr Venkat Jasti at Suven Labs, a

Page 90: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

90

contract research firm. Mr Jasti, who came back from US again after a long stint as

a pharmacist in the State of New York, seemed pretty clear about where he wants to

take his firm, focusing on the markets for innovation in global pharmaceuticals,

citing Eli Lilly as a strong partner for its contract and collaborative research. We

could not meet Dr Anji Reddy, founder of Dr Reddy‟s (DRL), but instead we got a

strong sense that DRL was a scientifically driven firm, having been one among the

earliest in the industry to have taken to a scientific drug discovery approach.

Moving over to Bangalore, we met Dr Rashmi Barbhaiya, an ex-scientist with a

large Western pharmaceutical firm, who left his job in the US after close to two

decades, came back and started Advinus with funding from the Tata Group. At

Bangalore again, we met Aurigene and Avesthagen, two more scientific contract

research firms, the latter having an interesting story of scientist-entrepreneurship

with its CEO Dr Billoo Morawalla Patel setting up the firm in the labs of the

National Center of Biological Sciences during her research career. In sum, the

entire spectrum was indicative clearly of differing firm directions conditional on the

entrepreneur‟s assessment of new opportunities in line with the classical

Schumpeterian world (Schumpeter 1934, 1951).

WTO-TRIPs, Indian Economic Reforms and Hatch-Waxman Act & US

Generic Markets

One key motivation for our field trip was to understand the extent of firm-

level impact of WTO-TRIPs, the opening of the Indian economy with the 1991 and

onwards reforms process and the role of the Hatch-Waxman Act; this apart from

Page 91: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

91

getting an aggregated sense of these three exogenous shocks on the industry‟s

future strategic direction.

Firm’s response to WTO-TRIPS, Indian Reforms, Hatch-Waxman Act

FIRM NAME WTO TRIPS

INDIAN

ECONOMIC

REFORMS

HATCH

WAXMAN

ACT'1984

Glenmark Pharma √ √ √

Sun Pharma × × √

Novartis √ - Not Satisfied √ -

Emcure

Pharmaceuticals - √ √

USV Ltd. × - Not Sure √ √

Suven Labs × - -

GVK Biosciences √ - -

Dr Reddy’s × √ √

Aurigene Technologies × - -

Advinus Therapeutics √ - -

Ranbaxy √ √ √

Jubilant Organosys √× √ √

Zydus Cadila × √ √

√ - Impacted positively; × - No Impact, same business model with or without TRIPs; - Not

discussed, no comments or not applicable. √× - Impacted positively, probably in industry image

terms, but at the firm-level unaffected.

Again, we received a wide distribution of responses. In brief, WTO-TRIPs

and its implementation in India seemed to have not played the most influential role as

we thought it would have. Sure, signs of a stronger domestic IP environment gave

courage to firms like Glenmark to embark on NCE research, but ala Grossman and

Lai (2005), they seemed to be well aware that should they succeed in drug discovery,

more than domestic patenting what might matter are the markets for new products in

Western markets. Others like Sun Pharma, Dr. Reddy‟s, and Ranbaxy dead panned

that with or without TRIPs the firm would have invested in drug discovery – and

infact they did. Mr Dilip Shanghvi, Sun Pharma‟s CEO was infact provocative in

stating that „I often think about this, if without TRIPs my business model would have

been the same‟ – perhaps indicating that while WTO-TRIPs did play an overall role

Page 92: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

92

in improving India‟s business-environment image to the world (Ranbaxy and GVK

managers noted this too), firms were not sure about how to interpret it for their own

strategic direction. Some other firms infact used the new IP scenario to their

advantage though indirectly, stating that they would do non-infringing research and

thereby win over Western clients for collaborative or contract research. We got a

sense of this in our interviews with Jubilant, Aurigene and Suven Labs. Finally,

Zydus Cadila‟s Jay Kothari was of the view that more than TRIPs, it was the

shrinking pipeline and reduced R & D productivity of Big Pharma that was impacting

the sector‟s prospects as an outsourcing destination for R & D.

For Indian Economic Reforms, the view was unanimous. Firms confirmed our

previous economic intuition that indeed, a rationalized currency regime and easy

access to foreign exchange, and more generally opening of the economy, aided firms

to think big and use economic decision making to exploit opportunities in the global

markets. This came about not only by increasing the competitiveness of

pharmaceutical products from India, but also with increased Outward and Inward

Foreign Direct Investment, and easier access to capital equipment that helped firms to

increase their productivity.24

Finally, apart from Suven, GVK Bio, Aurigene and

Advinus (pure contract/collaborative R & D entities), all our firm respondents

responded by saying that they treated the growing generics opportunity in the US

markets with the Hatch-Waxman Act to be of utmost importance. Some like Ranbaxy

asserted that learning to surmount USFDA regulations have taken time, though since

late 2003 onwards, this has infact been overcome by most first time and subsequent

24 In a related piece of research, we show econometrically, how firms are engaging in ex-ante

investments in capital equipments before entering export markets, the scale of investments being

more pronounced for entry into advanced markets like in US than in less advanced ones.

Page 93: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

93

entrants. Further, they wanted to also look at the world generic market opportunities

in European Union and Latin America. Finally, generics cash seems to be playing a

key role in firm NCE research – at places like Ranbaxy and Zydus Cadila they

termed it as a bridging strategy - to use generic cash for funding NCE research, while

(and this is not exclusive of employing a bridging strategy) at places like Dr Reddy‟s

and Sun Pharma, generics research is being viewed to be exclusive and non-intrusive

from drug discovery – the result, spinning out of subsidiaries focusing on pure drug

discovery.

Going Forward for Indian Bio-pharmaceuticals

The firm discussions also generated several new propositions that Indian

firms are prospecting for their evolution going forward. In terms of their frequency of

occurrence, either motivated through our questions or even without, two key areas

looked to be top on the agenda of the firms we interviewed. The first was related to

the supply of human capital to do NCE research and drug discovery. Firms had a

favorable impression of public research facilities in India and even of the domestic

scientific pool but certainly were of the view that a slingshot from an exogenous

source was necessary to catapult the industry to global prominence. Related to this

discussion, one key area that emerged was the mindset of Indian R & D personnel,

being oriented towards chemistry rather than biology which firms like Advinus

believed could be a key deterrent to basic drug discovery research. Dr Rashmi

Bharbhaiya from Advinus has infact already started a drug discovery school in house

in his Pune collaborative research center where one teaches young Indian chemists

recruited to do what Dr Bharbhaiya described as think biology while doing

Page 94: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

94

chemistry.The head of structural biology at GVK Biosciences, seconded Dr

Bharbhaiya‟s view – Dr J B Gupta, infact went one step further to state that, one

needed to tap into the global pool of Western trained bio-pharmaceutical scientists of

Indian origin and design suitable schemes to attract and retain them in domestic

Indian firms. He further noted that such human capital is especially essential in a

supervisory role to monitor work done by down-the-line R & D personnel in the

team. The second issue top of mind on firms was that, global pharmaceutical‟s model

of doing R & D, with high costs and time will progressively become untenable. We

heard several anecdotes on how Indian firms could offer a new model of

development to basic research in pharmaceuticals and locate themselves between the

continuum of large pharmaceutical firms and biotech companies of the West aided by

items like lesser iterations on New Chemical Entities, use of medium throughput

screens and nimbler decision making in R & D. While this was not clear if it will

indeed hold out in the long run, one might want to test this hypothesis going ahead.

We also touched on the following with firms during our discussion:

The role of the entrepreneurial background in guiding firm‟s strategic

direction. Firms also were open to comparisons of Indian pharmaceutical with its

Information Technology industry, citing that perhaps the former was still trying to

catapult itself into the product markets domain rather than remaining a mere services

supplier to global markets. Further, there was also a discussion on the role of rising

wages, if at all, for the different kind of firms within the industry, as also

comparisons with the Chinese and Korean industry‟s comparative advantages.

Page 95: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

95

We also discussed the selective geographical out-licensing strategy of firms

like Zydus Cadila and Glenmark when they have a new product developed in-house.

It looks like that they do out-license their NCEs but try to retain US rights for the

same – perhaps motivated by size of the US pharmaceutical markets.

Several firms are already getting into benchmarking themselves with models

of Western Pharmaceutical firms. Glenmark for example believes that its goal was to

be a Pfizer in the cardiovascular therapeutic area while Ranbaxy looked at its Daiichi

acquisition similarly to Novartis‟s position of a generics arm within an innovator.

Firms wishing to attract the best of talent also mentioned to us that they are

using ESOPs (Employee Stock Option Plans) to attract and retain the best of human

capital in R & D. Jubilant along with GVK Bio also cited that in terms of domestic

supply of human capital in R & D, Ranbaxy and Dr Reddy‟s seem to be spurring a

healthy network effect, ex-scientists from these two firms carrying forward R & D

programs in the new generation firms.

A few Indian managers also discussed with us reasons for MNCs delaying

setting up R & D centers in India, this despite the country‟s transition to a stronger

IP. India it sems is being punished for an inordinate delay in gettings it IP

administration in place, some others cited that Big Pharma was especially reticent in

loosing control over their R & D programs, and finally, some shared that Contract

Research and Collaborative Research firms are being used as pilot projects before

seriously offshoring drug discovery R & D to India. This might be an interesting

issue to investigate in the literature on location of innovation.

Page 96: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

96

Fiinally, the business model of new generation contract research

organizations, the CROs, like Advinus and Aurigene was an issue that provoked

much interest. We discussed on the nature of projects outsourced by Western firms to

Indian CROs and if at all Indian CROs had capabilities to work on unvalidated

targets or more complex therapeutic markets like Central Nervous System related

drugs. The answers were ambiguous. Questions were raised on how these decisions

are being made by Big Pharma and what are the Indian firms‟ comparative

advantages in the same. We discussed also on IP sharing mechanisms in such

partnerships and harped on any limits to growth for Indian CRO players. At an

overall level, this might be worth investigating especially if one wants to understand

where Indian CROs could fit, in between the Western big pharmaceutical firm and

the Western biotechnology start-up.

We hope to address many of these issues in future research going forward.

Page 97: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

97

C. Chapter 2: Absorptive Capacity, Firm

Capabilities & Destination in Learning by

Exporting in Indian Pharmaceutical

Producers25

25 This is the earlier version of a paper co-written with Anand Nandkumar from Indian School of

Business Hyderabad. It builds on Chirantan Chatterjee‟s 2nd paper at Heinz College in 2008 titled,

“No Such Thing as a Free Lunch: Investment, Technological Upgrading, and Exports in Indian

Pharmaceuticals”. An updated version of this current work is now going to be presented at the

Strategic Management Society‟s annual conference at Miami in November 2011. This version was

awarded a Best Paper in Emerging Economies Track at the annual summer gathering of Academy of

International Business in Rio Di Janeiro, Brazil in 2010. It was also nominated for the Temple/AIB

best paper award. Accepted also for the Academy of Management‟s annual gathering in 2010 in

Montreal under the International Management track, this version is currently being updated with instruments to control for sample selection and is being prepared for journal submission. We

acknowledge very useful feedback from Ashish Arora, Paul Beamish, Lee Branstetter, Charles

Dhanaraj, Nicolai Foss, Adam Fremeth, Marty Gaynor, Guy Holburn, Samuel Kleiner, Kwok Leung,

Romel Mostafa, Lilach Nachum, Torben Pederson, Brian Richter, Chad Syverson and Mark

Zbaracki.

Page 98: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

98

Absorptive Capacity, Firm Capabilities &

Destination in Learning by Exporting: New Evidence from

Indian Pharmaceutical Producers

Abstract

This article explores how export destinations and firm capabilities influence the

extent of learning by exporting (LBE) using a novel sample of Indian

pharmaceutical firms that exported to a variety of both advanced and emerging

destinations between 1994 and 2007. Departing from previous studies we

investigate if exports result in other gains besides improvements in technical

efficiency. We find that LBE is not restricted to technical efficiency gains alone.

Exporters also gain access to other types of knowledge that improves R&D

efficiency and the rate of new product introductions. Interestingly these gains are

more especially when firms export to high income destinations as evidenced from

higher gains accrued by firms when exporting to US versus non-US destinations.

Results also indicate that the gains are higher for more able firms. Our findings

have several managerial and policy implications and these are discussed.

JEL codes: F10, F20, O47

Key words: Learning by exporting; absorptive capacity; firm capability; Indian

pharmaceuticals

Page 99: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

99

1. Introduction

Exports have been acknowledged to be a key contributor to economic

growth of nations. They are also an important source of competitive advantage for

firms. It has been argued that a critical, but perhaps an unintended consequence of

exporting is that they also confer upon firms, learning benefits that make exporters

more productive and by implication also more profitable than non-exporting firms.

Since knowledge tends to be spatially bounded (c.f. Kogut, 1991; Nelson, 1993),

participation in international markets is likely to facilitate acquisition of valuable

information that firms would otherwise not be privy to (see for instance Grossman

and Helpman, 1991 and 1993). Despite such theoretical consensus, empirical

evidence on whether or not firms learn by exporting is a mixed bag for a variety of

reasons. This paper is an attempt to explain some of the diverse empirical results in

the literature using a unique sample comprising of Indian pharmaceutical producers

that exported to a range of foreign destinations from 1994-2007. Our empirical

results suggest that learning by exporting critically depends on the destination

exported to as well as, the firm‟s ability to learn and apply the “new” knowledge.

Moreover, technical efficiency is not the only type of learning that accrues from

exporting. Firms also acquire new product ideas apart from better ways of

conducting R&D.

Thus, this paper contributes to a growing body of scholarly work that

empirically investigates whether exporting confer on exporters, positive

externalities from exporting. Our work contributes to this growing literature and is

also novel along three dimensions. First, we explore whether exporting results in

better R&D efficiency to exporters and whether exporting in itself is a source of

Page 100: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

100

new product ideas. We argue that cheaper ways to manufacture products need not

be the only type of learning that arises from exporting. Exporting firms may also

learn new ways of conducting R&D especially when they operate in more

developed markets. Further, catering to the needs of more sophisticated buyers

might provide exporters with new ideas, which along with the enhanced R&D

knowledge might eventually translate into full fledged product lines. All of these

will eventually contribute to enhancing the competitive advantage of exporting

firms.

Second, we investigate the extent to which learning by exporting depends on

capabilities of firms developed ex-ante. We explore the extent to which R&D,

manufacturing and marketing capabilities influence the extent of learning from

exporting. The learning by exporting hypothesis critically hinges upon the ability of

firms to acquire and assimilate new knowledge. Third, we explore if the extent of

learning benefits from exporting depends upon the destination exported to. We

explore how the extent of learning by exporting (LBE) also depends upon the level

of sophistication of agents at the export destination.

We test our intuitions using a novel dataset of Indian pharmaceutical firms

that exported to a variety of foreign destinations between 1994 and 2007. To this

end, we draw on annual firm-level financial information along with firm-level

product market data. In addition, we use within and between variation in export

history that vary by US and non-US destinations and tease out if exports to the US

are more beneficial to an Indian exporter. As we will explain later, access to

detailed product market data provides us with the ability to tease out learning

effects from merely differences in market power enjoyed by firms. This although is

Page 101: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

101

incidental to this paper is nonetheless an important contribution to the empirical

literature.

This draft is organized as follows. The following section provides a brief

overview of the literature. In section 3, we explain our conceptual framework and

hypothesis. Section 4 outlines the data and variables. Section 5 contains the

empirical approach and the results. We conclude in Section 6.

2. Literature and background

Our work draws from a rich literature both in economics and strategy. The

economics literature that relates to LBE thus far has not dealt with how firm

heterogeneity or more precisely, how differences in firm capabilities influence the

extent of LBE. Moreover, most empirical work in this stream estimate Total Factor

Productivity (TFP) regressions which by implication attempts to identify

productivity shifts, or technical efficiency gains from exporting. While the strategy

literature does focus on firm capabilities insofar as entry decisions are concerned,

we are unaware of studies that explicitly explores how firm capabilities influence

the extent of LBE. Also several studies in both these strands fail to separate out

differences in market power from the intended effect, productivity gains from

exporting. Also few studies have systematically explored if the extent LBE varies

by destinations. As outlined above, we explore whether LBE gains vary by

destination and ex-ante firm capabilities. Moreover we also develop several novel

measures to identify LBE effects rather than merely looking for productivity

differences. An added contribution is that we propose a method to separate out

market power effects from the LBE effects.

Page 102: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

102

Across strategy and economics research, learning benefits from exporting

has been a topic that has attracted attention over the last few decades. Despite this,

our reading of the literature suggests that there appears to be no consensus on

whether exports confer learning benefits to firms. The results are inconclusive not

only by the context investigated – i.e. whether the focal firm is located in the

developed world vis-à-vis emerging economies - but also by the destination

exported to. While several scholars provide evidence of improvements in

productivity that arise on account of exports (Clerides, Lach, and Tybout 1998;

Bernard and Jensen 1999; Bernard and Wagner 1997; Delgado, Farinas and Ruano

2002; Bernard and Jensen 2004; Trefler 2007) others provide results that do not

support the hypothesis that exports confer learning benefits (Aw, Chung, and

Roberts ,2000; Baldwin and Gu, 2003; Van Biesebroeck, 2004; Lileeva 2004;

Hallward-Driemeier, Iarossi, and Sokoloff , 2005; Fernandes and Isgut, 2006; Park,

Yang, Shi, and Jiang, 2006; Aw, Roberts, and Winston, 2007 and De Loecker,

2009).

A number of conjectures have emerged for the lack of consensus of

the learning by exporting hypothesis. Scholars have typically relied on Total Factor

Productivity (TFP) regressions to explore the influence of exporting. This approach

relies on being able to accurately estimating productivity shifts that arise from

exporting. As has been often pointed out, TFP approach to identifying LBE effects

suffers from a variety of problems. First, there may be other gains from exporting

such as learning new ways to conduct R&D that may not show up in the TFP

regressions. Also not controlling for firm capabilities may not only introduce bias

but also neglect the fact that not all firms gain from exporting -- some may lack the

Page 103: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

103

capabilities to absorb new knowledge or translate this learning into tangible gains.

Accordingly in our empirical analysis we not only explore if exporting firms

become more efficient, but also explore if exporters gain other types of knowledge

on account of exporting. In particular we test for whether or exports increase R&D

productivity and also whether exporters are more likely to have higher rates of

product introductions. In so doing, we attempt to ride past the TFP approach, which

probably is nothing more than a “black-box” to researchers trying to unearth

managerial implications of exporting. This we believe enables us to better identify

the mechanisms through which firms learn by exporting.

Another explanation advanced for the lack of empirical evidence for the

learning through exporting hypothesis is that the TFP regressions, (the most often

used technique to tease out learning effects) may not be adequate in contexts in

which firms enjoy substantial market power. On account of data constraints

researchers that rely on TFP regressions typically use sales revenues as proxy for

outputs. By implication, price variations are essentially treated as output variations

or productivity differences. While in a competitive market in which all firms realize

the same prices both in domestic as well as, in export markets this is perhaps less of

an issue. However, in contexts in which firms exhibit price setting behavior, TFP

regressions are inadequate to identify changes in productivity on account of LBE

because market power differences are likely to be confounded with productivity

changes. Such a situation is particularly salient in a context such as ours, wherein

many firms enjoy substantial market power in domestic markets. In cases where

export markets are more competitive, exports could then actually lower measured

TFP. Starting with Hall‟s famous paper in 1987, this literature then shows how such

Page 104: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

104

results per se would be inadequate to conclusively test the learning by exporting

hypothesis. A variety of scholars have proposed alternatives that suit their contexts

(c.f. (Klette and Griliches 1996; De Loecker 2009; Katayama and Tybout 2009;

Foster, Haltiwanger and Syverson 2008) We depart from the literature and

investigate how a firm‟s average cost of production changes with exports in order to

identify the effects of learning by exporting. This approach is natural to our context

-- most of our firms are multi product firms producing a variety of outputs and we

observe the quantites sold by every firm in each product market. Using this

information we construct an output index and estimate cost function regressions.

The learning by exporting phenomenon is however more nuanced than just

the methodological modifications that we are offering above. Borrowing on both

strategy and economics research, we also explore how differences in firm abilities

along with destination of exports condition firm-level learning from exporting. Past

work has documented that one of the keys to assimilating new knowledge is the

absorptive capacity of firms – the capability to “evaluate and utilize outside

knowledge” which is a function of “prior related knowledge” (Cohen and Levinthal,

1990). In what to our knowledge is a first-such exercise in this literature, we

provide new evidence of how variation in absorptive capacity of exporters along

with manufacturing and marketing capabilities translates into differential gains from

exporting. In so doing, our work provides new building blocks in related literature

where scholars have investigated the extent to which absorptive capacity of firms

influences the capability of domestic firms to learn from FDI investments (Girma,

2005) or how absorptive capacity influences export participation (Harris and Li,

Page 105: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

105

2008; Campa and Guillen, 1999), or the role of absorptive capacity in international

joint ventures (Lane Salk and Lyles, 2001).

Finally, we also explore if destination of export conditions LBE. Building

on De Loecker, (2007), who provides evidence of Slovenian manufacturing firms

learning more by exporting to high income countries, relative to exporting to low

income countries, we explore if exporting to high income destinations results in

greater learning benefits.

To summarize, ours is certainly not the first paper that tries to unearth

whether exporting results in learning benefits. Our paper however provider deeper

insights into how exports translate into enhanced competitive advantage for

exporters. This, we accomplish by not only looking at different types of learning

that can accrue from exporting (such as costs, R&D productivity and new product

introduction26

) but also in conjunction with firm capabilities (which we argue is

captured in absorptive capacity and capability measures) as well as, export

destination, we attempt in offering a more nuanced view of firm level gains27

from

exporting activity – especially through new outcome variables like in domestic

markets.

26 Throughout this paper, we use new product introductions in a manner as outlined in the variable

construction of Section 4 of this paper. 27 At this point, let us also humbly acknowledge that that we are mindful of limitations in the current draft of the paper. Future versions of this work will address selection-effects in learning-by-

exporting behavior with propensity scores and other matched sampling techniques employing

methods documented in recent literature in this area, for example see Girma Kneller and Pisu,

(2007).

Page 106: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

106

3. Conceptual Framework and Hypotheses

In this section we motivate our empirical analysis by laying out the

hypothesis that we empirically test later in this paper.28

Several scholars in the

international trade and management literature have suggested that exporting

promotes growth in general and in particular exports leads to productivity

improvements to exporters.

3.1 Exports and learning:

Since knowledge is spatially bounded (c.f. Kogut, 1991; Nelson, 1993), one

of the unintended consequences that arises to firms from gaining access to

international markets is the acquisition of valuable information that firms would

otherwise not be privy to. Similar to previous work, we too argues that exporters are

likely to gain access to information that would enable them to become more

technically efficient, this translating them into becoming more productive

(Grossman and Helpman 1991 & 1993).

However, manufacturing may not be the only type of knowledge that

exporting firms may gain by exporting. We conjecture that exporters may also

benefit from other types of technological spillovers which include knowledge that

enable exporters to conduct R&D in a more efficient manner. Moreover, some of

this R&D knowledge could be in the nature of both process improvements that

eventually results in cost reductions and ultimately enhanced productivity while

some may also be in the nature of knowledge that relate to product innovations

which, would also lead to introduction of newer products. As our literature survey

highlighted, a preponderance of papers that relate to learning by exporting focus

28 We are currently developing a model that rationalizes these hypotheses.

Page 107: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

107

only on productivity benefits that accrue from exporting barring a few that show

that exporters can also be privy to valuable R&D knowledge as well (Salomon &

Shaver 2005). We test not only for whether exporters gain access to intermediate

R&D knowledge that enables them to conduct R&D more efficiently, but we also

test whether exporters are in general more technically efficient as well as whether

exporters have higher rates of product introductions relative to non-exporters. We

formally state these intuitions as hypotheses below:

H1a: Exports enhance technically efficiency; exporting firms are more productive

on account of having a lower average cost of production relative to non-exporting

firms.

H1b: Exports enhance R&D efficiency; exporting firms are more efficient in

conducting R&D relative to non-exporting firms.

H1c: Exports increase the number of new product introductions; Exporting firms

have a higher rate of product introduction relative to non exporting firms.

3.2 Export destination and learning:

We also argue that exports to high income destinations are likely to confer

greater learning benefits than others. High income countries are likely to have larger

markets as also greater level of consumer expectations of quality from suppliers of

products – all of which might promote greater firm specialization (Adam Smith

1863). This implies that firms operating in such markets might just be more

technologically efficient and more sophisticated on account of having larger scale

and further having surmounted advanced market regulatory burden and consumer

quality expectations. Larger markets also imply that firms located in such

destinations are just likely to do more R&D on an average (Cohen and Klepper,

Page 108: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

108

1992, 1996). Hence firms exporting to high income destinations are likely to be

exposed to possibly more sophisticated knowledge. Thus all else equal, exporters

selling in high income destination are likely to gain access to better quality R&D

knowledge, especially relative to exporters that export to other destinations. Also

such better R&D knowledge is likely to lead to both relatively higher efficiency as

well as higher rate of new product introductions. Formally, this is tested out in the

following manner:

H2a: Exports to high income destinations relative to exports to other destinations

enhance technically efficiency.

H2b: Exports to high income destinations, relative to exports to other destinations

enhance R&D efficiency.

H2c: Exports to high income destination, relative to exports to other destinations

increases the number of new product introductions by exporters.

3.3 Absorptive capacity, firm capabilities and learning:

All else equal, the learning benefit that accrues from exporting should also

depend on the focal firm‟s ability to assimilate and utilize knowledge. Thus a firm

with better absorptive capacity should learn more by exporting. Thus exporting

should enhance R&D efficiency especially in firms with higher absorptive capacity

than those with lesser absorptive capacities. Moreover, how a firm utilizes such

knowledge should depend both on its manufacturing as well as its manufacturing

and complementary capability. This implies that firms with better manufacturing

capability should all else equal, see greater cost reductions from exporting relative

to firms with relative inferior manufacturing ability. Also, both relative differences

in manufacturing and complementary capability should matter for how much

Page 109: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

109

exports increase the number of new product introductions. We formally state this

intuition below (also see Figure 1 for an integrated portrait of the conceptual

model):

H3a: Exports increase technical efficiency more for firms with superior

manufacturing ability than for others.

H3b: Exports increase R&D efficiency more for firms with superior R&D ability

than for others.

H3c: Exports increase new product introduction, more for firms with superior

manufacturing ability than for others.

H3d: Exports increase new product introductions, more for firms with superior

complementary capability than for others.

Figure 1: An Integrated Conceptual Model

Page 110: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

110

4. Data & Variable Construction

The dataset for the purposes of this paper comes from a number of sources.

4.1 Firm level data

We gathered firm data from the Prowess database provided by Center for

Monitoring of Indian Economy (CMIE). The Prowess database is similar to

Compustat database for U.S. companies providing information that incorporated

companies are required to disclose in their annual reports. From this data source, we

constructed a panel of firms relating to years 1990 or date of incorporation

whichever is earlier and this is done through 2007. The CMIE data is widely

regarded as the best available data source for Indian firms and has been used by

many scholars both in the economics and strategy literature (Khanna & Palepu

2000, Bertrand Mehta & Mullainathan 2002, Fisman and Khanna 2004).

Nonetheless the data source is not devoid of issues, some of which may have

implications for results presented in this paper. As we explain in the following

pages on our variable construction we will also briefly touch upon some of the

constraints imposed by this data source wherever appropriate.

We augmented this dataset with the following: for each firm we added the

number of Indian patents (grants and applications) from Indian patent gazette, as

well as the number of US patents (grants and applications) from the US Patent

Office (from US.PTO patent BIB and grant DVDs). Moreover, for each firm-year

combination we also identified the number of Abbreviated New Drug Applications

(ANDA) as well as Drug Mater Files (DMF) filed with the U.S. Food and Drug

Page 111: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

111

Administration from their web site (www.fda.gov)29

. As we will explain in detail

later, we also use the Annual Survey of Indian industries (ASI), which contains

industry level labor statistics from years 1994 through 2007.30

4.2 Product market data

Our source for product data is the IMS data base, which provides detailed

information relating to the prices and units sold of about 436 pharmaceutical

products produced and sold in India. This data is collated by IMS using sales data

collected from about 3500 stockists (wholesalers) that cater to about 55,000

retailers across India. As we will describe later in this section, the IMS database

constitutes our main source from which we construct our output Index, the proxy

for output that we use in the cost regressions. We augmented the IMS data source

with the number of US patents, New Drug Applications (NDAs) for the focal

product market for a specific year and also identified if the focal product was an

Over the Counter (OTC) product.

Before describing our variables in detail, we briefly describe the Indian

pharmaceutical industry. Growing at unprecedented levels in recent years, the

pharmaceutical industry in India represented just 1% of the $550 billion global

29 It should be noted at this point that in the pharmaceutical industry context, firms usually file a

New Drug Application for a new chemical entity it might have discovered once it enters the approval

process of the USFDA. USFDA allows generic entry through filing and approval of Abbreviated

New Drug Application (for previously approved NDAs). The DMFs are indicative of bulk-suppliers

intent to supply raw materials, either to branded or generic producers of drug products. In the Indian

industry context, almost all the firms are generic producers or bulk drug suppliers, unlike the

Western world, where one might find a Pfizer filing 5 NDAs in a year for approval. Thus ANDAs

and DMFs are the best indicative proxies for regulatory approval available for Indian pharmaceutical

firms – and in absence of demand side US sales data – help us best to identify our destination

dummies in US and non-US markets. 30 Following previous literature on Indian manufacturing (Basant and Fikkert 1996, Hasan Mitra and

Ramaswamy 2007), we used the code 304 for drugs and pharmaceuticals till ASI 1997-1998 as per

the NIC 87 3 digit level. For ASI data from 1998-1999 till 2004-2005, the 4 digit industry code 2423

was used to extract total emoluments and yearly man day employees data for Indian drugs and

pharmaceuticals firms.

Page 112: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

112

pharmaceutical industry in 2005 (KPMG, 2006). However, its share is increasing at

10% every year compared to 7 percent annual growth for the world market overall.

In terms of volume, Indian domestic sector represents just 8 percent of the global

industry total by volume, and in 2005 occupied fourth place worldwide. Exports by

Indian pharmaceutical firms have also been growing at a unprecedented rate -- drug

exports by Indian firms have been growing at an annual rate of about 30% (Indian

Government National Pharmaceuticals Policy, January 2006) from $ 87.9 million in

1990 to close to $ 3.72 billion in 2004. There are broadly two sectors within the

industry. The “organized” sector comprises of about 250 firms that account close to

70% of the pharmaceutical products produced and sold in India. The “unorganized”

sector comprises of over 20,000 firms catering to 75% of the local demand. A key

driver of export growth is the cheap cost of production – in 2005 KPMG estimated

that the average cost of pharmaceutical production was almost 50% lower than that

of western firms.

Our dataset consists of a panel of 111 drug producers (from the “organized”

sector) of the Indian pharmaceutical industry (National Industrial Classification

2423) and this panel runs between 1994 and 2007. The nature of our data mandates

that we restrict our analysis to firms that produce at least one pharmaceutical

product in the domestic market (producers, henceforth); the IMS data does not

contain products manufactured by bulk drug producers. We also exclude 3

producers that do not report salaries and wages for most years in the sample. In all,

this leaves us with 946 firm year observations consisting of 108 firms in our

sample.

Page 113: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

113

4.3 Dependent variables

Cost (lnCit): The fact that we observe domestic output only,

constrains us to use a proxy that reflects the cost of production for domestic output.

We do not observe this in usual firm-level data. As a result we had to construct a

proxy adopting an elaborate procedure that uses the domestic sales and export

earnings to back out the total costs that relate to domestic output. (details outlined in

Appendix A and Appendix B of the paper). In short the method uses total domestic

sales and export revenue to apportion total costs of production to domestic output

and export output. In regressions we use the natural log of this variable as a

dependent variable.

R&D output: We use the number of Indian patent applications

(lnTotIndPatAppsit) filed by a firm in a year as our proxy for R&D output. From the

Indian gazette publication we collected the number of Indian patent applications

using a keyword match of firm name in the Prowess data with patent owner‟s

(assignee) name in the patent. Since the distribution of this measure is skewed we

use the natural log of this measure as one of our dependent variables.

New product introductions: From IMS data for each firm year

combination, we calculated the number of new products introduced by that firm in

that year. From this number we deducted the number of products that were retired

in that year to get the number of net product introductions in that year

(NetNewProductsit) in the domestic market.

Page 114: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

114

4.4 Independent variables

Factor price of labor (plt): We use the cost of labor per man hour as

our proxy for the factor price of labor. In order to construct this variable we used

the RBI statistical handbook to calculate the average number of man hours per firm

per year. For each year, the RBI statistical handbook lists the total number man

hours by industry, as well as the total number of employees by industry. Using

these two values we first calculated the average number of man-hours per employee

by dividing the total man hours by the total number of employees for the

pharmaceutical industry. We then divided the deflated (by the whole sale price

Index or WPI) salaries and wages of the focal firm by the number of man hours per

employee. This gives us the average cost of labor per man-hour, pl.

Factor price of capital (pkt): We use the cost of fixed assets per man

hour as our proxy for the factor price of capital. We constructed this variable as

follows: We first calculated the cost of capital for a focal firm by applying the long

term interest rates as reported by RBI on the deflated (by WPI) gross fixed assets

reported by the focal firm. We then divided the cost of capital by the number of

man hours per employee (calculated using the RBI statistical bulletin), to arrive at

our proxy for the factor price of capital, pk.

We are mindful of the fact that the literature typically calculates cost of

capital using the focal firm‟s reported investments in new plant and equipment after

applying suitable depreciation rates. Unfortunately, in our case since Indian

accounting standards do not require a compulsory reporting of new plant and

equipment data, we resort to using gross fixed assets, deflated with the wholesale

price index, as our measure of capital stocks. It is plausible that this measure is

Page 115: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

115

susceptible to differing accounting practices of firms. In the future drafts, we intend

exploring the robustness of this measure.

Factor price of material (pmt): We use the cost of material per man

hour as our proxy for the factor price of material. We constructed this measure

dividing the deflated material cost reported by the focal firm by the number of man-

hours per employee calculated using the RBI statistical bulletin.

Output Index (Qit): We constructed our proxy for total output of a

firm using the following procedure. This procedure takes into account the relative

complexity in manufacturing a product and weights it appropriately.

Lag exports (lagexportsit) =1 if the focal firm‟s export earnings in the

previous year exceeded 0. We use this measure as a proxy for export intensity in

regressions in which we do not distinguish between export destinations.

US export history (USExpHistit): In regressions where we do

distinguish between export destinations, we use the number of years from 1990 that

the focal firm had exported to the US and argue that this is a reasonable proxy to

measure export intensity to the US. We identified a firm as exporting to the US if

that had at least 1 abbreviated new drug application (ANDA) or an approved Drug

Master File (DMF) in that year and a non-zero firm-year export earnings

observation. Arguably, this measure cannot identify whether a firm continued to or

stopped exporting to the US once they began exporting to the US. If anything this

would imply a measurement error in this variable which would bias our estimates

towards zero. However regressions in which we used the number of ANDAs or

DMF instead of USExpHistit yield qualitatively similar results (not reported here

but available on request).

Page 116: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

116

NonUS export history (OthExpHistit): We use a measure that

captures the number of year the focal firm had exported to other non-US

destinations in regressions in which, we distinguish between destinations. We

identified a firm as not exporting to US if it had no approved ANDAs or DMFs for

that year but did have a non-zero export-earnings observation Like with our

measure of US export history, this measure also suffers from not being precisely

able to identify if the focal firm continued to export to non-US destinations in the

subsequent years. Once again, this is likely to result in measurement error that is

likely to bias the estimates towards zero.

R&D over sales (lnRDSalesit): As the name suggests, we construct

this variable using reported R&D expenditure, divided by total sales, both the

numerator and denominator deflated by the whole sale price index (WPI) retrieved

from Reserve Bank of India website. In R&D regressions, we use the natural log of

this measure as a independent variable.

Manufacturing capability (salwageoversalesit): Our proxy for

manufacturing ability is the proportion of salaries and wages over sales, both

deflated by the WPI. We argue that a lower value of this ratio implies higher

manufacturing ability.

Absorptive capacity (lnlagTotalIndPatsit): Consistent with the

literature, our proxy for absorptive capacity is the lag number of total Indian patents

held by a firm (Zahra & George, 2002). We use the natural log of this measure in

our regressions. Since we do not have access to citations data, we were unable to

weigh these patents by the number of forward citations. However, using the number

of forward citation weighted stock of US patents yield us qualitatively similar

Page 117: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

117

results (results can be reported on request). We believe that this is the right measure

of capturing realized absorptive capacity since very few firms in our sample own

US patents and therefore the stock of Indian patents is a practical proxy for

absorptive capacity in these sample firms.

Marketing capability (markoversalesit): We use the marketing

expenditure per Indian rupee of sale as our proxy for a firm‟s marketing ability.

From the prowess dataset, we divide the deflated marketing expenditure reported by

firms over deflated sales to construct this measure. Not all firms (32 firms, 280

observations in all are the deviant firms) report their marketing expenses.

Prior manufacturing experience (lnlagTotalOutputit): As the name

suggests we use the (log of) lagged total output to control for manufacturing

experience of a firm. We constructed this variable by aggregating the focal firm‟s

total output (output index in our case) of a firm since 1994.

5. Empirical Model and Results

In this section, we discuss the results from our empirical analysis.

Empirical Model

Our goal is to examine how exports influence exporting firm‟s technical

efficiency, R&D efficiency and the number of new product introductions. As

alluded to earlier, since the standard method used in the literature, namely TFP

regressions is plagued by a variety of issues we estimate the cost functions and test

if exporting firms have a lower average cost of production.

Page 118: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

118

Exports and technical efficiency

We adopt a procedure outlined in Berndt 1991, to derive our estimation

equations for the cost function regressions. Suppose a firm i's total output in a year

t, Qit is a function of three inputs, labor (Lit), capital (Kit) and material (Mit).

Further,

let us suppose that the production technology is given by .

In order to allow for differential productivity between exporters and non-exporters

as well as differential firm abilities, we modify the production function as

where Ait is a firm specific efficiency component that

depends on that firm‟s export intensity, manufacturing ability and stock of

knowledge. Given this production technology, if pj is the price of output that a firm

i realizes for product j the corresponding cost minimization problem for the firm

that sells N products is just

(1)

Suppose plt, pkt and pmt are the factor prices of labor, capital and materials in

period t. If the returns to scale parameter, , and kit a

constant which is equal to it can be shown that the

corresponding cost function for this technology is

just . Taking logs, the cost function of a firm i in

period t is just

(2)

Page 119: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

119

where uit is the iid error term. We impose the homogeneity (of degree 1) assumption

by setting in (2) above. This results in the following estimating

equation

(3) -

where

. As we will explain later, in line with our hypotheses we use several different

proxies for ait in order to tease out how export intensity influence costs. We use the

output index described in the data section as a proxy for Qit and the total costs that

relates to domestic output as a proxy for Cit. Under column 2 of table 1, we report

the results of this specification. This specification suggests that r is marginally

above 1. In column 3, of the same table, we explore the influence of exports on cost

of production of domestic output. To this end, we let and if

, we estimate the following regression specification

(3a)

Results of this specification shown under column 3 of table 1 suggest that

firms that exported in the previous year are more technically efficient. From

specification 2, firms that exported in the previous year are likely to have about 5-

6% lower cost of domestic output. Interestingly r in this specification is much closer

to 1, suggesting that the cost function exhibits constant returns to scale. This result

supports H1a that suggested that exporting firms must be more technically efficient

than their non-exporting counterparts. In column 4, by letting

Page 120: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

120

, , we explore for any destination

specification learning effects by estimating

(4)

Our results support H2a. Exporting to US markets appear to be more

beneficial relative to exporting to other export markets. While a one year of

exporting to US is associated with about a 12% decrease in total cost of domestic

output, a similar increase is associated with only a 8% decrease in total cost of

domestic output. Exporting to the US thus is associated with about a 3% lower cost

of domestic production (std. err – 0.01; p-val 0.01). All other coefficients appear to

be similar to those of the earlier specifications.

A key concern in specifications 1 through 3 of table 1, is that the difference

in capability of firms that are also time varying could plausibly lead to biased

estimates of influence of exports. Stated otherwise, it is plausible that our estimates

are biased due to accounting for firm specific time varying differences that

influence total output. In specification 4, we additionally control for firm ability by

using laggedoutputit as an additional regressor. More specifically, we estimate:

---- (5)

While our other coefficients are largely unchanged, exports to US continue

to be more beneficial even in this specification. While a one year of exporting to US

is associated with about a 9% decrease in total cost of domestic output, a similar

increase is associated with only a 5% decrease in total cost of domestic output.

Exporting to the US thus is associated with about a 4% lower cost of domestic

Page 121: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

121

production (std. err – 0.01; p-val 0.01). In specification 5 we further control for

differences in manufacturing ability using salwagesoversalesit. That is in effect an

investigation of whether firm-pedigree, that is firms that are more capable learn

more by exporting. To this end, in specification 5, we also use two interacted

variables -- salwagesoversalesit*USexphistit and salwagesoversalesit*Othexphistit

and estimate:

(6)

<Insert Table 1 about here >

Results of specification 6 are shown in column 6 of table 1. Once again,

results suggest that export to the US is more potent in reducing cost of production

relative to exporting to other destinations. While an additional year of exporting to

US is associated with about an 8% decrease in total cost of domestic output, a

similar increase is associated with only a 1% decrease in total cost of domestic

output. Moreover, firms with better manufacturing capability have a lower cost of

production on an average. Further more capable firms are likely to benefit more

from exporting – a firm that has a 10% point lower labor cost (salary and wages) as

a proportion of sales has a 3.6% lower cost of domestic output for every additional

year of exports to the US and a 1.7% lower cost of domestic output for every

additional year of exports to other destinations. These results support H3a, which

stated that firms with superior manufacturing capability, should all else equal,

Page 122: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

122

become even more technically efficient relative to a firm with inferior

manufacturing capability.

Exports and R&D efficiency

Our next level of analysis involves looking at an alternative mechanism of

learning from exporting -- using Indpatappsit as a dependent variable, we now test

how exports influence R&D efficiency. To this end we estimate R&D production

functions, results of which are shown in table 2. As with cost regressions, we start

with a base specification, in which we only include RDsalesit and time dummies.

Additionally we also control here for another firm-pedigree relative variable, that

for realized absorptive capacity (in the spirit of Zahra and George 2002) using

lnlagTotalIndPatst. Specifically if Kt denotes time dummies and αi time fixed

effects, we estimate

Our regressions control for firm fixed effects. Not surprisingly results

suggest that firms with higher R&D outlays also have more patent applications.

Also firms with better absorptive capacity are also likely to be more productive. In

specification 2, we additionally include a lagexportsit and then test H1b by

estimating:

The results of this specification are shown under column 2 of table 2. The

coefficient on the lag export dummy is insignificant. Moreover, the coefficient on

the lag export dummy is also small. However, the point estimates suggest that a

Page 123: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

123

firm that exported in the previous year is likely to have higher number of Indian

patent applications – exporters in the previous year are likely to have 1% higher

patent applications. We thus do not find overwhelming support for H1b. In

specification 3 we make two modifications to specification 2. First instead of using

a single dummy variable we use USexpHistit and OthExpHistit. We thus explicitly

distinguish between export destinations to test H2b. with these changes out

estimating equation is as follows:

Results of this specification are shown under specification 3 of table 2. We

note here that the point estimates of both USexpHistit and OthExpHistit are positive

but, only the coefficient of USexpHistit is significant. Our results suggest that a firm

with an additional year of US export experience is likely to have about 10% higher

patent applications. The point estimate of OthExpHistit however suggests that an

additional year‟s export to other non-US destinations increases the patent

application rate by only 1%. Interestingly as H2b conjectured, the difference is

positive and significant – exporting to the US is more beneficial than exporting to

any other destination. Exporting to the US translates to a 10% additional patent

application rate (std. err 0.02; p-val-0.00). Other coefficients are largely unchanged

when compared to our previous specifications.

To test H3b, we employ specification 4, wherein we additionally interact our

proxy for absorptive capacity lagTotIndPatsit with USexpHistit and OthExpHistit.

The new estimating equation then is:

Page 124: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

124

Results of this specification are shown in specification 4 of table 2. While

the point estimates of both interactions are positive, only the interaction with

is significant. From specification 4, an

additional year of exporting to the US is likely to increase the number of patent

application by 8% more for a firm that had 1% higher stock of Indian patents. A

similar increase however is associated with about a statistically insignificant

increase of only 2%. Even in this specification exporting to the US appears to be

more beneficial than exporting to other destinations. While an additional year of

exporting is associated with about a 9% increase in the propensity to apply for

Indian patents, a similar increase is associated with only a statistically insignificant

1% increase in patent application propensity. As in the case of our earlier results the

difference however is significant, suggesting that exporting to the US is more potent

in increasing patent applications relative to exporting to any other destination. Thus,

we find support for both H2b and H3b, while we only find partial support for H1b.

< Insert Table 2 about here >

Exports and new product introductions:

We now test our hypotheses that relates to the number of new product

introductions. We use NetNewProductsit as a dependent variable and explore how

export activity affects the number of new product introductions. Results of these

regressions are shown in table 3. We start with a base specification that includes

Page 125: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

125

only lagexportsit and firm fixed effects and time dummies. Using Kt to denote time

dummies and αi time fixed effects, in column 2 of table 3, we estimate

As suggested by H1c, firms that exported in the previous year have a higher

rate of product introductions. Our results suggest that an export in the previous year

is associated with about a 9% increase in the number of new product introductions.

In specification 2, we distinguish between exports to US and to other countries

using USExpHistit and OthExpHistit. We thus estimate:

(12)

Results of this specification suggest that an additional year of exporting to

US is associated with about a 17% increased new product introductions, whereas

exporting to other destinations is associated with only a 9% more product

introductions. Thus a marginal extra year of exports to US is associated with about

a 8% more product introductions (Std err. 0.04; p-value 0.04). This result supports

H2c. In specification 3, we further control for the focal firms‟s manufacturing and

marketing capabilities as well as previous production experience and find that our

results are largely similar to that of specification 2. Specifically we estimate,

…………………………………………….(13)

Results of this specification also suggest that exports to US are associated

with higher number of product introductions. Moreover as expected, better

marketing and manufacturing capabilities are associated with higher number of

Page 126: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

126

product introductions. Further previous manufacturing experience is also associated

with higher number of new product introductions. In specification 4, we test H3c.

To this end, we interact salwageoversalesit, and markoversalesit with USExpHistit

and OthExpHistit. We thus estimate

The interaction term of US export history with our proxy for manufacturing

capability is positive and significant. However the interaction of non-US export

history term with manufacturing ability is positive but not significant. While

marketing per se is associated with higher number of product introductions, the

interaction terms are very small and insignificant. This suggests that most

marketing knowledge required to be more profitable may in fact be local and

exporting may not be a source of marketing knowledge that can be profitably

applied in an Indian context. Thus while our results support H3c we do not find

support for H3d.

< Insert Table 3 about here>

Page 127: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

127

Figure 2 – Results Summary: New Mechanism of Firm-Learning by Exporting

To summarize our results, Figure 2 indicates that at all the 3 levels

investigated, this analysis provides some fresh insights and support to the

hypotheses investigated. Firm pedigree as captured by its marketing and

manufacturing capability along with absorptive capacity plays an influential role in

ensuring that exporters can appropriate the benefits from exporting – be that

through cost reductions, enhancing R&D efficiency or introducing new products in

domestic markets. In addition, the pedigree dimension is also influenced by the

destination of exports, in general the H2 series of hypotheses were validated,

indicating that exports to the US relative to non-US destinations, enhanced

technical efficiency, improved R&D efficiency and enabled firms to launch new

Page 128: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

128

product introductions in domestic markets. Off course, in all of the above outcome

variables, exporting per se turned out to be influential for firm-level learning,

whether one was looking at cost reductions or aiming to measure new product

launches in domestic markets. Having said that, we don‟t find conclusive evidence

to support H1b, i.e. exporting per se, didn‟t enhance R&D efficiency at the very

broad firm-level. Why might that be so? Here is an explanation. To the extent that

our R&D productivity regression was using as an input measure the amount of

R&D spent as a fraction of sales, given the generic nature of our firms, one could

expect that most of the outputs of R&D got translated into ANDAs and DMFs or at-

best some process-improvements in the form of New Drug Delivery Systems that

were only sometimes patented at the US Patent Office. This and also anecdotal

evidences suggest that exporting firms can generate more cash from even US-

generic market sales which could be pumped back into the R&D process, but

whether that should be measurable in the form of Indian patents or through ANDA

and DMF atocks or even US Patent stocks remain debatable.

We are working on ironing out robustness checks of the R&D regressions

using US Patent Application Stocks on the LHS (this despite its sparse presence in

only a select few technologically progressive Indian drug firms) and hope that this

alternative measure might stand up to the scrutiny to validate H1b. At this point,

even at the cost of repetition, we would again like to acknowledge the limitations of

our work in controlling for selection and commit to report in future versions robust

results with propensity scores to address that issue.

Page 129: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

129

6. Discussion, Extensions & Conclusion

Our work provides new results on learning by exporting from an emerging

economy context, India and that too in an R&D intensive industry, pharmaceuticals.

In this paper, we make several contributions to the literature.

First, steering clear of the market power issues that plague identification of

learning benefits from exporting we identify how exporting benefits firm‟s

technical efficiency. This method enables us to understand the influence of

exporting without the interference of market power issues. This to our knowledge is

the first such attempt with costs in this literature and is essentially made possible

since in our context as we also observe output of firms. We find evidence that

exports decrease average cost of production and influences technical efficiency.

Second, we also identify other mechanisms of learning by exporting. We

investigate if exporting promotes R&D efficiency as well as, the new products

introductions. We also additionally investigate how the exporter‟s manufacturing

and marketing capability influence all three facets of learning. We find that

absorptive capacity of a firm moderates the amount of learning from exporting –

firms with higher absorptive capacity appear to be learning more R&D related

knowledge than those with relatively lower absorptive capacity. Moreover, firms

with better manufacturing capability appear to benefit more from exporting; Better

firms not only become more technically efficient, but they also appear to have more

new product introductions. However differences in marketing ability r do not

appear to differentially benefit exporters.

Page 130: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

130

Finally, we also find strong evidence that learning from exporting depends

on the destination to which exported. More specifically, we find evidence that

suggests that exporting to developed countries all else equal results in higher

amounts of learning perhaps due to presence of more sophisticated agents in

developed countries.

As with other work, our paper has many limitations. Our first two

limitations are essentially imposed by the nature of the data. First, not all firms

report data on marketing and our results are based on firms that report marketing

expenses. Second, some of our measures such as export history may introduce bias

in our estimates; however we do find evidence of exporting being beneficial and

any variable that alleviates this error such only find a higher impact from exporting.

Finally we are also mindful of endogeneity issue that is typical in this literature31

exporting firms may be capable and this in fact may result in tem entering export

markets especially the more sophisticated markets. In the future drafts of this paper,

we hope to address some limitations by undertaking additional robustness checks.

Finally, we also plan to validate our empirical results with interviews with members

in the industry.

To validate our research findings we also take our hypotheses to executives

in Indian pharmaceutical firms. The Vice President Corporate Strategy of a leading

Indian firm buys our notion that US-exports actually results in more gains than from

other-exports, he notes: “It is especially important since it gives cash opportunities

to firms with ambitions and capabilities to fund drug discovery research.”

31 We are currently developing instruments to address this issue

Page 131: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

131

This clearly indicates how advanced market opportunities like those in the

US are important to emerging economy firms. Head of Pharmaceutical Research at

one of the top 2 Indian drug firms, and himself a scientist who returned to India

after working in a large US pharmaceutical firm, also offers insights that further

strengthens our capability arguments:

“Indian firms took time to learn advanced market regulations and as

economic reforms dawned in India it became easier for them. However, the early

players in export markets especially to the US could use their previous experience

of US-presence as a bridging strategy to engage in all kinds of profit-enhancing

behaviors.”

Finally, CEO of a domestic Indian player agrees that presence in export

markets, especially moderated by destinations and capability of firms, could

actually influence “new product introduction capabilities” in the industry. In sum,

combining our findings with on-field anecdotal observations, we are confident that

our paper not only provides insights into whether or exporting results in learning

but also on which types of knowledge is gained from exporting and how a firm‟s

capabilities and ability to assimilate knowledge matter for learning by exporting to

result in enhanced competitive advantage. This, to our knowledge is serious

substantial contribution to the literature on learning by exporting. That said, like

most scholarly work, much more remains to be done going forward.

Page 132: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

132

References

Alvarez, R. 2005. Exporting and performance: evidence from Chilean plants. The

Canadian Journal of Economics/Revue canadienne d'Economique 38, no. 4: 1384–

1400.

Arrow, K. J. 1962. The economic implications of learning by doing. The review of

economic studies 29, no. 3: 155–173.

Aw, Bee Yan, Sukkyun Chung, and Mark J. Roberts, 2000. Productivity and

turnover in the export market: Micro evidence from Taiwan (china) and the

Republic of Korea. World Bank Economic Review 14(1):65–90.

Aw, Bee Yan, Mark J. Roberts, and Tor Winston. 2007. Export market

participation, investments in R&D and worker training and the evolution of firm

productivity. World Economy 14(1):83–104.

Baldwin, J. R, and W. Gu. 2003. Export-market participation and productivity

performance in Canadian manufacturing. The Canadian Journal of

Economics/Revue canadienne d'Economique 36, no. 3: 634–657.

Bernard, Andrew B. and J. Bradford Jensen. 1999. Exceptional exporter

performance: Cause, effect, or both? Journal of International Economics 47(1):1–

25.

Bernard, Andrew B. and J. Bradford Jensen. 2004. “Exporting and productivity in

the U.S”. Oxford Review of Economic Policy 20(3):343–357.

Bernard, Andrew B. and Joachim Wagner. 1997. Exports and success in German

manufacturing. Weltwirtschaftliches Archive 133(1):134–157.

Berndt, ER. 1991. The Practice of Econometrics. Addison-Wesley.

Bertrand M, Mehta P. & Mullainathan. 2002. Ferreting Out Tunneling: An

Application to Indian Business Groups. Quarterly Journal of Economics. 117(1)

pg:121-148.

Bigsten, A., P. Collier, S. Dercon, M. Fafchamps, B. Gauthier, J. W Gunning, A.

Oduro, et al. 2004. Do African manufacturing firms learn from exporting? Journal

of Development Studies 40, no. 3: 115–141.

Blalock, G., and P. J Gertler. 2004. Learning from exporting revisited in a less

developed setting. Journal of Development Economics 75, no. 2: 397–416.

Branstetter, L., 2001. Are knowledge spillovers international or intranational in

scope?. Journal of International Economics, 53(1), 53-79.

Page 133: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

133

Campa JM and Guillen MF, 1999. “The Internalization of Exports: Firm and

Location-Specific Factors in a Middle-Income Country.” Management Science.

Castellani, D. 2002. Export behavior and productivity growth: evidence from Italian

manufacturing firms. Review of World Economics 138, no. 4: 605–628.

Clerides, S. K, S. Lach, and J. R Tybout. 1998. Is Learning by Exporting

Important? Micro-Dynamic Evidence from Colombia, Mexico, and Morocco*.

Quarterly Journal of Economics 113, no. 3: 903–947.

Cohen WM and Klepper S, 1992. The anatomy of industry R&D distributions. The

American Economic Review. 82(4), pg 773-799.

Cohen WM and Klepper S, 1996. A reprise of Size and R&D. The Economic

Journal, 106(437), pg 925-951

Cohen WM and Levinthal DA, 1990. Absorptive Capacity: A new perspective on

learning and innovation. Administrative Science Quarterly. 35(1).

De Loecker J, 2007. Do exports generate higher productivity? Evidence from

Slovenia?. Journal of International Economics. 73(1). Pg 69-98.

De Loecker J & Warzynski, S. 2009. Markups and Firm-level Export Status. NBER

Working Paper # 15198.

Delgado, Miguel A., Jose C. Fariñas, and Sonia Ruano. 2002. Firm productivity and

export markets: A non-parametric approach. Journal of International Economics

57(2):397–422.

Fernandes, Ana M. and Alberto E. Isgut. 2006. Learning-by-exporting effects: Are

they for real?

Mimeo, The World Bank and Institute for Competitiveness & Prosperity.

Fisman R and Khanna T, 2004. Facilitating Development: The role of Business

Groups. World Development.

Foster L, Haltiwanger J and Syverson C, 2008. Reallocation, Firm Turnover, and

Efficiency: Selection on Productivity or profitability. American Economic Review.

98(1). pg 394-425.

Girma, S, Kneller, R and Pisu M. 2005. Exports versus FDI: an empirical test.

Review of World Economics.

Greenaway, D., and R. Kneller. 2007. Firm heterogeneity, exporting and foreign

direct investment. Economic Journal 117, no. 517: F134–F161.

Page 134: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

134

Grossman GM and Helpman E. 1991. Trade, Knowledge spillovers and growth.

NBER working paper 3485.

Iacovone, Leonardo and Javorcik, S. Beata, 2008: "Getting Ready: Preparation for

Exporting," Working Paper, World Bank.

Isgut, A. E. 2001. What's different about exporters? Evidence from Colombian

manufacturing. Journal of Development Studies 37, no. 5: 57–82.

Katayama, H., Lu, S. and Tybout, J. (2003). “Why Plant-Level Productivity Studies

are Often Misleading, and an Alternative Approach to Inference, NBER WP.

Keller, 2002. Geographic Localization of international technology diffusion.

American Economic Review. 92(1).

Khanna, Tarun and Palepu, Krishna. 2000. Is group affiliation profitable in

emerging markets?

An analysis of diversified Indian business groups. Journal of Finance, 55(2), April,

867- 893.

Klette, T.J. and Griliches, Z (1996). “The Inconsistency of Common Scale

Estimators When Output Prices are Unobserved and Endogenous”, Journal of

Applied Econometrics, vol 11 (4), 343-361.

Lane, P. J., Salk, J. E., & Lyles, M. A. 2001. Absorptive capacity, learning, and

performance in international joint ventures. Strategic Management Journal, 22:

1139–1161.

Hallward-Driemeier, Mary, Giuseppe Iarossi, and Kenneth L. Sokoloff. 2005.

Exports and manufacturing productivity in East Asia: A comparative analysis with

firm-level data. Mimeo, The World Bank and UCLA.

Levinthal, D. A. and J. G. March (1993). 'The myopia of learning', Strategic

Management Journal, Winter Special Issue, 14, pp. 95-112.

Meller, P. 1995. Chilean export growth, 1970-90: An assessment. Manufacturing

for export in the developing world: problems and possibilities 1970: 21.

Kogut, B., & Zander, U. 1992. Knowledge of the firm, combinative capabilities,

and the replication of technology. Organization Science, 3: 383-397.

Lileeva, Alla & Trefler, Daniel, 2007. Improved Access to Foreign Markets Raises

Plant Level

Productivity... for some Plants, NBER Working Paper.

Nelson, R., & Winter, S. 1982. An evolutionary theory of economic change.

Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press.

Page 135: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

135

Park, Albert, Dean Yang, Xinzheng Shi, and Yuan Jiang. 2006. Exporting and firm

performance:

Chinese exporters and the Asian financial crisis. Mimeo, University of Michigan.

Smith A, McCulloch JR, 1863. An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the

Wealth of Nations.

Van Biesebroeck, J. 2005. Exporting raises productivity in sub-Saharan African

manufacturing firms. Journal of International economics 67, no. 2: 373–391.

Zahra AS and George G, 2002. Absorptive Capacity: A Review,

Reconceptualization and Extension. Academy of Management Review 27(2). 185-

203.

Page 136: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

136

Table 1 – Cost function regressions, dependent variable, lnCit

BASE REGS.

WITH

EXPORTS

WITH EXP.

HISTORY

WITH EXP.

HISTORY

& LBD32

WITH EXP.

HISTORY &

LBD, CAP

pl 1.62 ***

1.59 ***

0.94 ***

0.82 ***

0.88 ***

(0.13) (0.13) (0.08)

(0.04)

(0.09)

lnQit 0.71 * 0.88

** 0.86

*** 0.87

*** 1.02

***

(0.41) (0.42) (0.40)

(0.41)

(0.35)

pk 0.22 ***

0.24 ***

0.27 ***

0.19 ***

0.21 ***

(0.04) (0.04) (0.04) (0.08)

(0.05)

USExpHistit

-0.12 ***

-0.09 **

-0.08 ***

(0.00) (0.01)

(0.01)

OthExpHistit

-0.08 ***

-0.05 ***

-0.01

(0.01) (0.01) (0.03)

Lagexportsit

-0.06

*

(0.03)

Lag lntotal outputit

-0.06 ***

-0.08 ***

(0.01) (0.01)

salwageoversalesit

-0.26

**

(0.11)

salwageoversalesitXUSExpHistit

-0.36

*

(0.18)

salwageoversalesitXOthExpHistit

-0.17

***

(0.04)

Constant 16.02 ***

16.48 ***

15.08 ***

13.21 ***

14.17 ***

(0.43) (0.47) (0.30) (0.26) (0.32)

N 946 946 946 946 946

# firms 108 108 108 108 108

Time dummies(12) Y Y Y Y Y

R2 overall 0.89 0.89 0.78 0.74 0.69

R2 within 0.45 0.45 0.52 0.51 0.59

R2 between 0.95 0.94 0.56 0.55 0.51

Test for CRS 1.42 * 1.14

** 1.16

*** 1.14

*** 0.98

**

(0.81) (0.54) (0.36)

(0.25)

(0.47)

USExpHistit - OthExpHistit

-0.03 ***

-0.05 ***

-0.07 **

(0.01) (0.01) (0.03) Notes: Standard errors in parenthesis. * Significant at 90% level. ** Significant at 95% level. *** Significance at 99%

level. All specification include 12 time dummies.

32

LBD – refers to controls for „learning by doing‟ in all our regression specification and tables using

the variable Lag lntotal outputit

Page 137: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

137

Table 2 – R&D regressions, Fixed Effects, dependent variable lnIndpatappsit

Notes: Standard errors in parenthesis. * Significant at 90% level. ** Significant at 95% level.

*** Significance at 99% level. All specification include 12 time dummies.

BASE REGS.

WITH

EXPORTS

WITH EXP.

HISTORY

WITH EXP.

HISTORY &

LBD, CAP

lnLagRDsalesit 0.06 ***

0.08 ***

0.05 **

0.04 **

(0.02) (0.02) (0.02)

(0.02)

lnlagIndpatsit 0.30 ***

0.41 ***

0.23 ***

0.19 ***

(0.03) (0.02) (0.03)

(0.04)

USExpHistit

0.11 ***

0.08 ***

(0.03) (0.03)

OthUSExpHistit

0.01 0.01

(0.02) (0.02)

Lagexportsit

0.01

(0.03)

lnlagIndpatsit

XUSExpHistit

0.08 *

(0.04)

lnlagIndpatsit

XOthExpHistit

0.02

(0.03)

Constant -0.06 -0.02

-0.07

*** -0.07

***

(0.07) (0.09) (0.08) (0.08)

N 946 946 946 946

# firms 108 108 108 108

R2 overall 0.51 0.52 0.51 0.51

R2 within 0.26 0.25 0.26 0.27

R2 between 0.78 0.78 0.76 0.77

USExpHistit - OthExpHistit

0.10 ***

0.08 **

(0.02) (0.03)

Page 138: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

138

Table 3 – New Product Regressions, dependent variable lnNetNewProdIntit

EXPORTS HISTORY

HISTORY

AND CAP.

WITH EXP.

HISTORY &

LBD, CAP

Lagexportit 0.09 ***

(0.01)

USExpHistit

0.17

*** 0.04

*** 0.13

***

(0.03) (0.01)

(0.05)

OthExpHistit

0.09 ***

0.01 0.02

(0.02) (0.01) (0.04)

markoversalesit

0.06 **

0.07 **

(0.02) (0.03)

salwageoversalesit

0.11

0.08

**

(0.04) (0.04)

lnlagTotalOutputit

0.03 ***

0.03 **

(0.01)

(0.01)

markoversalesit*USExpHistit

0.01

(0.02)

markoversalesit*OthExpHistit

0.01

(0.03)

salwageoversalesit*USExpHistit

0.06 ***

(0.02)

salwageoversalesit*OthExpHistit

0.03

(0.02)

Constant 3.52 ***

3.52 ***

3.32 ***

3.33 ***

(0.02) (0.02) (0.11) (0.10)

N 946 946 666 666

# firms 108 108 76 76

Time dummies & FE (12) Y Y Y Y

R2 overall 0.03 0.03 0.30 0.31

R2 within 0.02 0.03 0.20 0.30

R2 between 0.05 0.06 0.31 0.30

Test USExport - OtherExport=0

0.08 **

0.03 ***

0.11 **

(0.04) (0.01) (0.06) Notes: Standard errors in parenthesis. * Significant at 90% level. ** Significant at 95% level. *** Significance

at 99% level. All specification include 12 time dummies.

Page 139: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

139

Table 4: Descriptive Statistics of the Variables

Variable N Mean Source of

variation

Std. Dev

lnCit 946 9.84 Firm, year 1.42

lnIndPatAppsit 946 0.29 Firm, year 0.79

lnNetNewProdIntit 946 3.64 Firm, year 0.86

lnRipt 201722 2.27 Product, firm,

year

3.62

lnNDAcountit 201722 1.48 Product, year 1.64

lnUSPatCountit 201722 2.65 Product, year 3.59

OTCit 201722 0.02 Product, year 0.13

pl 946 0.21 Firm, year 0.37

pk 946 0.74 Firm, year 3.14

pm 946 0.86 Firm, year 3.73

Qit 946 11.78 Firm, year 39.18

lagexportsit 946 0.53 Firm, year 0.49

USExpHistit 946 0.58 Firm, year 1.67

OthExpHistit 946 3.85 Firm, year 4.12

RDSalesit 946 4.34 Firm, year 3.77

salwageoversalesit 946 0.07 Firm, year 0.09

lnlagTotalIndPatsit 946 0.48 Firm, year 1.12

markoversalesit 666 0.36 Firm, year 0.45

Page 140: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

140

Appendix

A. Backing out Costs for domestic output as one of our dependent variable

We first start by aggregating the (deflated) total salaries and wages (deflated

by wholesale price index), material expenses (deflated by raw material deflator) and

cost of capital. We calculate the cost of capital for a firm year by applying the

appropriate long term interest rate provided by the Reserve Bank of India ( RBI,

henceforth and available at www.rbi.org.in) for that year on the total fixed assets

reported by the focal firm. We use this as our proxy for the total cost of output (both

domestic and export) produced by a firm. In order to separate out the material cost

that relates to domestic quantity from total material cost, we start with decomposing

the total cost incurred by a firm i at time t, Pit as:

,

where xit represents the average cost per unit of output with qitD representing

the domestic output and qitw representing the export output of firm i in a year t.

Since we only observe export earnings and total domestic sales (total sales – export

sales) we write the above expression in terms of domestic and export sales. That we

further decompose Pit as

=

Since is domestic sales (Dit) and is export sales (Eit), taking

logs we regress

Page 141: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

141

where εit represents an iid error term. We finally compute the share of cost

related to domestic sales, is just:

where K is the smearing factor (Duan, 1983). All our cost regressions use Cit

as a proxy for total cost of domestic output. The natural log of this measure is used

as one of our dependent variables.

B. Using Demand Side Data for a Novel Domestic Cost Measure

This section in the appendix outlines our methodological contribution to the

learning by exporting literature. As we have argued, using domestic costs was the

approach we adopted, but further, obtaining predicted domestic costs in themselves

required us to gather some extra variables that pertained to the pharmaceutical

industry and adopt an estimation framework, both of which are outlined below.

First, we note the variable construction and additional data collection procedure:

Product market variables: We first describe all the variables that we

use to construct one of our key independent variables, out index (Qit) that we use to

back out our domestic cost measures.

a. Total revenues (lnRipt): For each product market firm pair, IMS data

reports the gross revenues realized by the focal firm in that product market for that

year. As we will describe later, we use the natural log this variable as a dependent

variable in the regression that we use to construct the output index (Qit)

b. lnUSpatcountpt : Represents the natural log of the number of US

patents for a particular product market p at a point in time t. For each product

market year combination we added the number of citation weighted granted patents

from the US.PTO patent DVD. In order to do so, we used the services of a bio-

Page 142: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

142

chemist who identified the chemical name(s) for each product market. Using these

identified chemical names, we did a key word match on the abstract and claims

using the US.PTO DVD to identify the US patents for that product market. We then

forward-citation weighted these patents using the procedure described in

Trajtenberg, (1999).

c. lnNDACountit: Represents the natural log of number of NDAs for

the focal product market at time t. From the US FDA web site (www.fda.gov), we

collected the number of NDAs for a particular product market. Once again we used

the identified chemical names and matched these chemical names with the “key

ingredient” field of NDAs.

d. OTCp=1 if the product was an OTC drug. From the list of Over the

Counter (OTC) products available at the FDA web site, we matched whether a

product was an OTC product. Once again we matched the chemical name with the

active ingrient of a OTC product and created a dummy=1 if the product was an

OTC product.

e. ndaNApt =1 if the focal product did not have any NDA for that year.

Of a total of 436 product markets, we could not match NDA for 32 markets.

f. USpatNApt=1 if we did find a match in the US.PTO database for the

focal product market at time t.

We now describe the key dependent variables we use in our empirical

analysis.

Factor price of labor (plt): We use the cost of labor per man hour as

our proxy for the factor price of labor. In order to construct this variable we used

Page 143: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

143

the RBI statistical handbook to calculate the average number of man hours per firm

per year. For each year, the RBI statistical handbook lists the total number man

hours by industry, as well as the total number of employees by industry. Using

these two values we first calculated the average number of man-hours per employee

by dividing the total man hours by the total number of employees for the

pharmaceutical industry. We then divided the deflated (by the whole sale price

Index or WPI) salaries and wages of the focal firm by the number of man hours per

employee. This gives us the average cost of labor per man-hour, pl.

Factor price of capital (pkt): We use the cost of fixed assets per man

hour as our proxy for the factor price of capital. We constructed this variable as

follows: We first calculated the cost of capital for a focal firm by applying the long

term interest rates as reported by RBI on the deflated (by WPI) gross fixed assets

reported by the focal firm. We then divided the cost of capital by the number of

man hours per employee (calculated using the RBI statistical bulletin), to arrive at

our proxy for the factor price of capital, pk.

We are mindful of the fact that the literature typically calculates cost of

capital using the focal firm‟s reported investments in new plant and equipment after

applying suitable depreciation rates. Unfortunately, in our case since Indian

accounting standards do not require a compulsory reporting of new plant and

equipment data, we resort to using gross fixed assets, deflated with the wholesale

price index, as our measure of capital stocks. It is plausible that this measure is

susceptible to differing accounting practices of firms. In the future drafts, we intend

exploring the robustness of this measure.

Page 144: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

144

Factor price of material (pmt): We use the cost of material per man

hour as our proxy for the factor price of material. We constructed this measure

dividing the deflated material cost reported by the focal firm by the number of man-

hours per employee calculated using the RBI statistical bulletin.

Output Index (Qit): We constructed our proxy for total output of a

firm using the following procedure. This procedure takes into account the relative

complexity in manufacturing a product and weights it appropriately. Recall, that the

IMS data contains data on total units sold of each product manufactured by a firm in

a year, as well as the total revenues that a firm earned in that market. Using these

we start by writing a firm‟s total revenue by selling a product j in time t as function

of three components: marginal costs, markup and quantity. Thus if γijt is the price

plus the markup realized by firm i through selling product j, Rit its total gross

revenues in that product market and qijt the quantity sold by that firm in that market,

Taking logs this is just,

We now put a structure on lnqit to weight different products manufactured

by the focal firm that denote the relative complexity to manufacture that product.

More specifically we assume that and if

we estimate

is the producer specific scaling factor.

Page 145: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

145

We further assume that,

and

The above regression is based on the intuition that products that have many

US patents should on an average be easier to manufacture because of information

being available on the underlying technology to manufacture that product. Further

the number of NDAs is intended to account for the relative complexity to

manufacture the product. Similarly since OTC products are typically medication

with lower dosages, these products may be relatively easier (and more stable) to

manufacture. Using these estimates, we construct our proxy for total quantity or the

output index by summing up the predicted values for each market for that producer.

Stated otherwise, we compute (Duan, 1983). The

output for a firm is then got by aggregating over the quantities for that firm. This is

just .

Page 146: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

146

D. Chapter 3: Regulation and Welfare:

Evidence from Paragraph IV Generic

Entry in the US Pharmaceutical Industry33

33 This version co-written with Lee Branstetter and Matthew J Higgins has recently been updated.

The new version has been accepted for the NBER Summer Institute to be presented in July 2011.

Page 147: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

147

Regulation and Welfare: Evidence from Paragraph IV Generic

Entry in the US Pharmaceutical Industry†

†Acknowledgements: We thank Tamer Abdelgawad, John Asker, Abhijit Banerjee, Antonio Bento ,

Garrick Blalock, Serguey Braguinsky, Lawton Burns, Kitt Carpenter, Iain Cockburn, Susan Cohen,

Chris Conolon, Prithwiraj Chowdhury, Esther Duflo, Antara Dutta, Susan Feinberg, Maryann

Feldman, Maria Marta Ferreyra , John Gardner, Marty Gaynor, Ron Goettler, Dana Goldman, David

Greenstreet, Bart Hamilton, Guy Holburn, Tarun Khanna, Steven Klepper, Brian Kovak, Vineet

Kumar, William Lesser, Jura Liaukonyte, Richard Manning, Romel Mostafa, Anand Nandkumar,

Rohini Pande, Tomas Philipson, Ivan Png, Fu Qiang, Seth Richards, John Romley, Matt Shum,

Steven Sklivas , John Solow, Lowell Taylor, Andrew Tepperman, Jerry Thursby, Kenneth Train,

Ellerie Weber, and Mark Zbaracki as well as seminar participants at Emory, Cornell, Carnegie

Mellon, Pittsburgh, IIM Bangalore, IIM Ahmedabad, Charles River Associations and Precision

Health Economics for valuable comments and discussions. We thank Susan Jack, Margaret Warner

and Robert Anderson for guidance in using the National Health Interview Survey. Programming

assistance by Nachiket Sahoo, Anubrata Banerjee and Trupti Natu is appreciated. We are grateful for the time Dr. Terry Simon and Dr. Ronald Severtis spent explaining to us the treatment of

hypertension. We also thank Alexandra Kondo and IMS Health Incorporated for their generous

support and access to their data. The statements, findings, conclusions, views, and opinions

contained and expressed herein are not necessarily those of IMS Health Incorporated or any of its

affiliated or subsidiary entities. The statements, findings, conclusions, views, and opinions contained

and expressed in this article are based in part on data obtained under license from the following IMS

Health Incorporated or affiliate information service(s): IMS Midas™, IMS Lifecycle™, IMS

National Disease and Therapeutic Index™, IMS National Prescription Audit™, June 1997 to

December 2008, IMS Health Incorporated or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. Higgins

acknowledges funding from The Imlay Professorship and Pfizer, Inc. and Chatterjee acknowledges

funding from NSF SCISIP Grant #0830233. Authors are listed alphabetically and the usual disclaimers apply.

Page 148: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

148

Abstract

With increasing frequency, generic drug manufacturers in the United States

are able to challenge the monopoly status of patent-protected drugs even before the

patents expire. The legal foundation for these challenges is found in Paragraph IV

of the Hatch-Waxman Act. If successful, these Paragraph IV challenges generally

lead to large market share losses for incumbents and sharp declines in average

market prices. This paper estimates, for the first time, the welfare effects of

accelerated generic entry via these challenges. Using aggregate brand level sales

data between 1997 and 2008 for hypertension drugs in the U.S. we estimate demand

using a nested logit model in order to back out cumulated consumer surplus, which

we find to be approximately $270 billion. We then undertake a counterfactual

analysis, removing the stream of Paragraph IV facilitated generic products, finding

a corresponding cumulated consumer surplus of $177 billion. This implies that

gains flowing to consumers as a result of this regulatory mechanism amount to

around $92 billion or about $130 per consumer in this market. These gains come at

the expense to producers who lose, approximately, $14 billion. This suggests that

net short-term social gains stands at around $78 billion. We also demonstrate

significant cross-molecular substitution within the market and discuss the possible

appropriation of consumer rents by the insurance industry. Policy and innovation

implications are also discussed.

Key words: demand estimation; regulation; pharmaceuticals; intellectual property

JEL codes: I11, I38, O3

Page 149: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

149

1. Introduction

The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act,

informally known as the “Hatch Waxman Act” was designed to balance access to

pharmaceutical products while at the same time incentivizing pharmaceutical

innovation in the United States. An important provision in Hatch-Waxman allows

generic manufacturers to attempt to enter the market before patents protecting

original branded products have expired. Using this mechanism, known as a

Paragraph IV (Para-IV) certification, generic manufacturers attempt to enter patent

protected markets either by claiming non-infringement or invalidity of the product‟s

patent. Even though the Para-IV certification has been available to generic

manufacturers since the passage of Hatch-Waxman in 1984, for reasons we will

discuss, the number of challenges did not grow significantly until the late 1990s.

Using unique and novel data we quantify, for the first time, the welfare effects of

this accelerated generic entry as a result of Para-IV certifications.

For our analysis we focus on the hypertension (HTN) market in the

U.S. over the time period 1997 to 2008. The hypertension market is significant in

terms of pharmaceutical revenues and in terms of disease prevalence. Our findings

on welfare gains build on and extend a rich literature on discrete choice estimation

of demand (e.g., Trajtenberg 1989; Berry, 1994; Stern, 1996; Petrin 2002;

Cleanthous, 2002; Dutta, 2011). The empirical framework starts by modeling the

utility of a consumer as a function of observed and unobserved product

characteristics. The final outcome is a nested logit demand model that reduces to a

standard shares specification (Berry, 1994) where shares are a function of drug

prices and product characteristics. Coefficient estimates from the demand

Page 150: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

150

regressions are then used to estimate consumer welfare. The implementation of a

counterfactual analysis allows estimation of the gains flowing to the consumer from

Para-IV entry. By the end of 2008, cumulated consumer surplus amounted to

approximately $270 billion in the HTN market. In a counterfactual world, over the

same period without the stream of Para-IV generic products, cumulated consumer

surplus was $177 billion. This implies that the gains flowing to the consumer

because of Para-IV entry amounted to $92 billion, which translates into

approximately $133 per representative customer in this market. Placed in context

of the annual cost of treating hypertension, which the American Heart Association

estimated to be $60 billion in 2007, these are significant gains from early generic

entry. 34

Furthermore, over the same period we document the loss to producers to

be approximately $14 billion. This leaves us with substantial net social gains

arising from accelerated entry, at least in the short run.35

We also document significant cross-molecular substitution in this

market. Cross-molecular substitution occurs when patients move from one branded

product to the generic of another branded product. While this movement is

facilitated by physicians, we also present some anecdotal evidence suggesting that

insurance companies encourage this shift among their customers. The implications

of cross-molecular substitution are profound; a branded product‟s intellectual

property (IP) protection, within a market, is only as strong as their weakest branded

competitor‟s IP. For this reason, cross-molecular substitution may have important

34 See http://www.nmanet.org/images/uploads/Publications/OC34.pdf 35 The presence of an insurance industry that mediates transactions between drug sellers and drug

consumers poses some complications for us in terms of our ability to interpret our estimates as

“social gains.” While a full consideration of these issues is beyond the scope of the current paper,

we discuss some of their implications in Section 5.

Page 151: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

151

implications in terms of how incumbent pharmaceutical firms allocate their R&D

resources across therapeutic disease programs, especially for rare or pediatric

diseases.

Hatch-Waxman was designed to balance access with innovation.

We demonstrate that the Para-IV regulatory challenge has been an effective

mechanism at providing early access to consumers but at what cost? Are the short

term consumer gains impacting the long term incentive to innovate or influencing

the type of drugs that are developed? With rising costs of drug discovery and

longer development times (DiMasi et al, 2003; 2007) researchers have

contemplated on how best to design an optimal patent regime that will effectively

balance access to cheaper drugs for the consumer without compromising the

incentives for innovation (Knowles, 2010; Higgins and Graham, 2009). A full

welfare analysis of the balance struck by Hatch-Waxman will remain incomplete

until we have analyzed its impact on innovation; ongoing research seeks to

undertake this kind of analysis, but until then we make an important contribution

estimating the first-order welfare effect in the short run from accelerated generic

entry due to Para-IV.

The paper proceeds as follows. Section 2 offers a brief discussion of the

regulatory environment in which pharmaceutical firms operate. Section 3 discusses

related literature. Our data and methodology are presented in Section 4. Section 5

presents results and we discuss the implications of our work and conclude in

Section 6.

Page 152: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

152

2. Regulatory environment and early generic entry

2.1 Hatch-Waxman and Paragraph IV challenges

The current regulatory environment faced by pharmaceutical

companies in the United States can be traced to the passage of Hatch-Waxman in

1984. One of the hallmarks of the legislation is its purported trade-off: it allows

expedited Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval for generic entry while

extending the life of pharmaceutical patents in order to compensate innovators who

lost time on their “patent clocks” waiting for FDA approval (Grabowski, 2007).

This balance was deemed necessary to equalize two conflicting policy objectives:

giving pharmaceutical firms incentives to conduct drug research while

simultaneously improving consumer welfare by enabling generic firms to quickly

bring copies to market (Federal Trade Commission (FTC), 2002).

When a pharmaceutical company submits a New Drug Application

(NDA) to the FDA for approval they are required, by law, to identify all relevant

patented technologies necessary to create the drug; these patents are subsequently

listed in the FDA Orange Book. Upon approval of a drug, the FDA will restore

patent term to the pharmaceutical firm for time used by the FDA in the approval

process (Grabowski, 2007).36

In addition, the FDA will also grant each new

approved product regulatory protection lasting for five years (“data exclusivity”)

which runs concurrently with patent protection.37

During this data exclusivity

period, regardless of the status of the underlying patent(s), no generic entry may

36 There are limits to this. Pharmaceutical firms cannot receive a patent extension of more than five

years, nor are they entitled to patent extensions that give them effective patent life (post approval) of

greater than 14 years. 37

Orphan drugs receive 7 years of data exclusivity; reformulations receive 3 years of data

exclusivity and pediatric indications receive an additional 6 months of data exclusivity.

Page 153: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

153

occur. At the conclusion of data exclusivity branded products are protected only by

their patents; this period running from the cessation of data exclusivity to the

expiration of the patent(s) is commonly referred to as “market exclusivity” (See

Figure 1).

Prior to the passage of Hatch-Waxman, generic manufacturers

seeking to sell their products in the U.S. market had to demonstrate the safety and

efficacy of their products by putting them through clinical trials. While the

outcome of these trials lacked the uncertainty involved in the trials of an innovative

new drug, the time and expense involved were a significant disincentive for

generics manufacturers to put products on the market, since they could not charge a

premium price to offset the costs of clinical trials. Prior to Hatch-Waxman, it is

estimated that more than 150 products existed without any patent protection and

without any generic entry (Mossinghoff, 1999). While Hatch-Waxman did not

lessen the burden of the clinical trials process for branded pharmaceutical

companies seeking approval for new drugs, it essentially eliminated the requirement

for separate clinical trials for generic manufacturers. This was made possible since

generic manufacturers could simply demonstrate “bioequivalence” with branded

products by showing that the active ingredient in their product diffused into the

human bloodstream in a manner similar to the original product.38

38 In theory, generics should be perfect substitutes for branded drugs since they are bioequivalent.

Cleanthous (2002) shows that the data do not support this relationship and suggests this is the result

of „spurious product differentiation‟, which he defines as arising “…when consumers perceive

physically identical products to differ in quality.” Recent evidence, however, may suggest that

consumer perceptions have merit and while drugs may be bioequivalent, they may indeed differ in quality. Several articles appeared in the April 17, 2007 edition of the prestigious journal Neurology

discussing the high incidence of break-through seizures with generic anti-epileptic. Insurance

companies such as Blue Cross Blue Shield of Georgia allow pediatric customers to stay on branded

anti-epileptic medications even though generics are available. Differences across generics for the

same brand have also been reported. We are not suggesting all generics have problems but it

Page 154: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

154

Hatch-Waxman provides four pathways (or “Paragraphs”) a generic

firm may follow in order to gain entry into a market. The process starts with the

filing of an Abbreviated New Drug Application (ANDA) by a generic manufacturer

with one of the four Paragraph certifications. A Paragraph I certification is one for

which the originator firm has not filed patent information for its branded product.

Paragraph II certification relates to when the branded product‟s patent has already

expired (i.e., the end of market exclusivity), and Paragraph III certification relates

to cases when the generic manufacturer notes that the patent on the branded product

will expire on a certain date and that it seeks to enter only after patent expiry or end

of market exclusivity. The fourth certification, Paragraph IV, argues that the

generic manufacturer does not infringe on a branded product‟s patents or that those

patents are invalid. More importantly, however, a Paragraph IV certification can be

acted on by the FDA after the conclusion of data exclusivity anytime during the

market exclusivity window (See Figure 2).39

This suggests that, if successful, these

challenges can significantly decrease the effective patent life of branded products

bringing generics to the market earlier than otherwise would be the case (Higgins

and Graham, 2010; Grabowski and Kyle, 2007).

When a generic manufacturer files an ANDA with a Para-IV

certification, the generic manufacturer is obligated to notify the incumbent. Upon

receipt the pharmaceutical firm has two options: (1) do nothing or (2) sue the

generic manufacturer (for patent infringement) within 45 days. If the

pharmaceutical firm chooses not to file suit and does nothing then the FDA is

appears in some instances where the therapeutic window is very narrow these perceptions may have

some merit. 39

Generic manufacturers may file a Para-IV certification up to one year prior to the end of data

exclusivity but the FDA may not act on it until the conclusion of data exclusivity.

Page 155: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

155

entitled to approve the generic version of the branded product. If, however, the

pharmaceutical firm chooses to file suit then that action automatically triggers a 30-

month stay on FDA action. During this stay the FDA is unable to take any action

on the ANDA unless there is a first court ruling. If the court rules in favor of the

pharmaceutical firm, the Para-IV certification fails and the FDA is unable to

authorize generic entry until the branded product‟s patents expire (i.e., end of

market exclusivity). On the other hand, upon a first court ruling in favor of the

generic manufacturer the FDA may approve the ANDA. The first generic

challenger is awarded 180-days of exclusivity.40

During this 180-day exclusivity

period the first challenger is the sole generic provider and occupies a position of

duopoly with the original branded provider. This period of exclusivity for a

challenger was deliberately placed in Hatch-Waxman as an incentive for generics

manufacturers to challenge “weak” patents. As competition in the generics market

has intensified, generics manufacturers have increasingly sought these periods of

180 day exclusivity and the high profits they bring. After 180 days, other generic

entrants are allowed to freely enter the market.

Even though Para-IV certifications have been available to generic

manufactures since the passage of Hatch-Waxman, the number of challenges

remained low until the late 1990s. The acceleration of challenges since then can be

tied to a series of court decisions, changes in FDA policy, and passage of the

40 While the FDA may approve an ANDA upon a first court ruling in favor of the generic

manufacturer if that ruling is overturned on appeal the generic manufacturer exposes itself to

damages for lost branded revenue. This is a gamble many generics manufacturers are willing to

take, in part because the number of cases in which the first ruling is reversed on appeal is limited.

Page 156: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

156

Medicare Act of 2003 (See Figure 3).41

Over time, the ability of pharmaceutical

firms to delay generic entry has been limited in important ways, dramatically

intensifying competition and accelerating generic entry. In the early years, after

passage of Hatch-Waxman, pharmaceutical firms were allowed to appeal initial

judgments against the validity of their patents (or findings of noninfringement), and

the FDA could not approve generic entry until all appeals had been exhausted -- a

time consuming process that often held generic manufacturers at bay until patents

expired or were about to expire. In more recent years, the FDA has approved entry

as soon as courts issue a first ruling. Throughout the 1990s, incumbents often

followed a practice of taking out additional patents after an initial Para-IV filing and

invoking non-concurrent 30-month stays for each patent allegedly infringed.42

In

more recent years, due to changes in the Medicare Act of 2003, pharmaceutical

firms have been limited to one 30-month stay per product. Generic manufacturers

have also been given greater leeway in their use of the 180-day exclusivity period

granted to first-filers under the law. Finally, recent court rulings have made it

easier to demonstrate patent invalidity and harder to demonstrate infringement.

In the early 1990s ANDA applications with Para-IV certifications

accounted for about 10-20% of all generic entry, however, by the end of the 2000s

they accounted for more than 40% (Higgins and Graham, 2009; Berndt et al., 2007).

Teva Pharmaceuticals is the most prolific filer of Para-IV challenges although there

has been increased activity in recent years by Indian generic manufacturers. In

41 In 1998, Mova v. Shalala, changed the interpretation of 180-day exclusivity. In 2000, the FDA started allowing generic entry following a first favorable court decision irrespective of a final court

ruling. In 2003, the FDA started giving 180-day exclusivity to multiple applicants filing on the same

first day. In 2006, KSR v. Teleflex lead to a new standard of obviousness for patents and in 2007,

Medimmune v. Sun Pharma, a new standard for non-infringement was established. 42 The interested reader can see Bulow (2004) for a more complete discussion.

Page 157: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

157

2007, Teva‟s Annual Report claimed that 92 of their 160 ANDA filings were Para-

IV challenges putting at risk over $100 billion in branded sales.43

Because the costs

of challenging a patent are a relatively small -- $5 million (American Intellectual

Property Law Association, 2007) -- compared with the large, average, potential

payoff of $60 million for the 180-day generic exclusivity period (Federal Trade

Commission (FTC), 2009), generic manufacturers have begun to engage in

“prospecting” by filing numerous ANDAs with Para-IV certifications. Evidence

suggests that these challenges are occurring earlier in a branded products lifecycle

(Panattoni, 2011; Saha et al., 2006; Grabowski, 2004; Scherer, 2001) and now

affect smaller market drugs with yearly sales under $100 million; “blockbusters”

are not the only target (Grabowski and Kyle, 2007). Moreover, in a recent event

study, Panattoni (2011), reports cumulative market losses of slightly over $1 billion

when a pharmaceutical firm losses a Para-IV case in court.

Studying the outcomes of the 104 ANDA applications with Para-IV

certifications, the FTC found that 75 of these applications had resulted in litigation

(FTC, 2002). Of the 53 cases that had been resolved, 22 (42%) were resolved in the

generic manufacturer‟s favor thus allowing a generic product introduction prior to

the expiration of the branded product‟s patents. As we have already noted,

regulatory and legal changes have increased the ability of generic manufacturers to

mount successful challenges. In an effort to counteract the increase in Para-IV

certifications (more than 230 were filed in 2010) pharmaceutical firms have turned

to authorized generic agreements (FTC, 2009). 44

That is, pharmaceutical firms

43

U.S. SEC, Form 20-F, (December 31, 2007); http://www.tevapharm.com/pdf/teva20f2007.pdf. 44 http://money.cnn.com/2011/03/11/news/companies/big_pharma_lawsuits.fortune/index.htm

Page 158: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

158

exercise their right as patent owners to license their technology to a generic

manufacturer, and that generic producer then enters the market at a low price. This

means that a successful Para-IV challenger will confront a triopoly, not a duopoly,

and will earn lower profits. Pharmaceutical firms may have hoped that the use (or

threat of use) of authorized generics producers might have reduced the incentives

for Para-IV challenges and, therefore, their incidence. However, the evidence

suggests otherwise (Berndt et al., 2007a; Berndt et al., 2007b). Evidence also exists

that pharmaceutical firms have engaged in out-of-court settlements to delay entry

(FTC, 2002; Bulow, 2004) and maintain patent monopolies. This practice has

attracted the attention of antitrust authorities, however, the Supreme Court recently

refused to overturn the practice.45

Regardless of any efforts by pharmaceutical

firms, the intensity of Para-IV certifications has remained high.

To summarize, over the years of our sample period (the late 1990s-

2008), a series of legal and procedural changes turned Para-IV certifications from a

rare occurrence to a first-order challenge to the profitability of the branded

pharmaceutical industry. We will think of these changes as a kind of gradually

unfolding natural experiment. Collectively, these changes substantially reduced the

cost of a Para-IV certification and dramatically increased their likelihood of

success. Thus, the measured increase in Para-IV certifications will be viewed

largely as a response to the exogenous (at least from the point of view of any one

generic challenger) policy shift. In addition to presuming that the overall increase

in incidence of Para-IV challenges was largely exogenous, we also posit that there

45 On March 7, 2011, the Supreme Court rejected a challenge to a 1997 settlement in which Bayer

AG paid Barr Pharmaceuticals to drop an early bid to market an antibiotic.

http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748703386704576186713514684524.html

Page 159: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

159

was a strong element of exogeneity in determining which branded products were

ultimately challenged.46

The patents protecting most products hit with a Para-IV

certification were written before such challenges became prevalent (Knowles,

2010). The weakness of some of these patents in court proceedings was evident, in

many cases, only in hindsight.

2.2 Cross-molecular substitution

Most prescription health plans in the U.S. allow for the use of

branded products until generics become available. In most cases patients will be

given the generic by retail pharmacies unless the prescription is written “Dispense

as Written” or if the patient explicitly asks for a branded drug (in which case there

is usually a much higher co-payment). More recently, however, insurance firms

have begun to engage in “cross-molecular” substitution. For example, let‟s assume

there are 3 branded products in a particular market, Drug A, Drug B and Drug C,

sold by three different pharmaceutical firms and that Drug B just lost a Para-IV

challenge in court and a generic, Generic B, has entered the market. Cross-

molecular substitution exists when insurance companies attempt to encourage

patients taking Drug A or Drug C to switch to Generic B. While insurance firms

cannot force patients to move they can entice them with lower (or no) copayments

for Generic B. Table 1 provides an example extracted from a letter Blue Cross Blue

Shield of Georgia (BCBSGA) sent to patients suggesting generic alternatives to

different branded products across several therapeutic categories. In the letter

BCBSGA offered to pay for the generic co-pay for a period of three months.

46 Evidence exists that both large market (Panattoni, 2011) and small market (Grabowski and Kyle,

2007) have been targeted. Recent work by Hemphill and Sampat (2010) make a first attempt to

explore characteristics of patents in order to understand the likelihood of generic challenge.

Page 160: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

160

The implications of cross-molecular substitution are significant. For

pharmaceutical firms with branded products, cross-molecular substitution implies

that their drug‟s market protection is only as strong as the weakest drug in a

particular market. In the above example, the transition from Drug A and Drug C to

Generic B is occurring irrespective of the underlying IP protection or exclusivity

periods for those drugs. This activity has obvious welfare implications; the gains to

consumers are potential larger since patients from Drug A and Drug C can

potentially benefit but the producer loss will also be larger because the incumbents

that market Drug A and Drug C will lose revenues. The extent of these impacts will

vary across therapeutic categories as some drugs are more easily substitutable. For

example, we would expect higher substitutability in markets such as hypertension

and allergy and lower substitutability in markets such as depression and epilepsy.

3. Related literature

This paper draws upon the literature of welfare estimation and

demand modeling dating back to Trajtenberg‟s (1989) pioneering work on the CT

scanner industry. Trajtenberg, in turn, built upon an even older literature relating

discrete consumer choices to product characteristics (Lancaster, 1966; McFadden,

1973; Lancaster, 1977). This approach has proven extremely useful in studying

product choice in the presence of significant product differentiation (Anderson et

al., 1992), and it has been applied to a range of industries, including , automobiles

(Petrin, 2002 and Goldberg 1995), digital goods (Brynjolfsson and Smith, 2003),

personal computers (Bresnahan et al., 1997), Medicare HMOs (Town and Liu,

2003) and banking (Dick, 2008). Methodological improvements have also

permitted researchers to utilize these models using aggregate data in the absence of

Page 161: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

161

consumer level data (Berry, 1994; Berry et al., 1995 and 1999). Given their

theoretical underpinnings it is also worthwhile to note that discrete choice models

have been applied to understand a variety of economic situations beyond studying

the social value of new goods. For example, Nevo (2000, 2001) examines price

competition and mergers in the ready-to-eat cereal industry and Davis (2000)

studies spatial competition in movie theaters, while some other papers have used

this framework to understand gains from trade and globalization (Broda and

Weinstein 2006; Clerides 2008).

These approaches have also been applied to the pharmaceutical

industry, although researchers have had to confront some additional challenges

unique to this sector. Products are highly differentiated and the choice of a

particular product is often made by agents of the consumer (i.e., doctors) versus the

consumers themselves. Consumer choice can also be influenced by the presence (or

not) of insurance coverage. Notwithstanding these difficulties, Ellickson et al.

(2001) explore patient welfare from new drugs and find that gains are contingent

upon compliance and the role of the physician. Stern (1996) employs a discrete-

choice framework to estimate demand to evaluate patterns of substitutability

between branded and generic drugs. Ellison, et al. (1997) models demand in order

to compute substitution elasticities between branded and generic antibacterial drugs.

More recently, studying the U.S. anti-depressant market Cleanthous (2002) finds

large welfare gains from drug innovation; Bokhari and Fournier (2009) report

welfare gains due to first time generic entry; and, Dutta (2011) analyzes the welfare

impacts of stronger intellectual property (IP) in India. Other complementary work

has focused on the enhancements to social welfare through reductions in mortality,

Page 162: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

162

morbidity and total medical expenditures Lichtenberg (1996a, 1996b, 1998, 2001,

and 2005).

In addition to work that quantifies welfare effects from product

innovation using discrete choice models, this paper also relates to other work

focusing on various dimensions and implications of generic entry (Caves et al.,

1991). Saha et al. (2006) report the dramatic rise in generic introductions since the

passage of Hatch-Waxman while Reiffen and Ward (2005) show that the cost to

obtain generic drug approval has decreased. Time to market for generics after

branded product patent expiration has also declined substantially, from

approximately three years prior to Hatch-Waxman to only one to three weeks

(Congressional Budget Office, 1998).47

Other research has focused on entry

decisions by generic manufacturers (Morton, 1999, 2000; Grabowski and Vernon,

1992, 1996; Berndt et al., 2003, 2007; Frank and Salkever, 1997; Hurwitz and

Caves, 1988; Hudson, 2000; Appelt, 2010), prices (Danzon and Chao, 2000a,

2000b), price controls (Kyle, 2007; Danzon et al., 2005; Lanjouw, 2005) and entry

costs (Djankov et al., 2002).

Researchers have also recognized the potential that accelerated

generic entry can have on the incentives to develop new drugs. Terming the

phenomenon „Napsterization of Pharmaceuticals‟, Hughes et al. (2002) show in

theoretical work that providing greater access to a current stock of prescription

drugs yields large benefits to existing consumers. However, this access comes at a

cost in terms of lost consumer benefits from reductions in the flow of future new

47

Berndt and Aitken (2010) provide an excellent summary of the increase of generic competition in

the U.S. over the last decade.

Page 163: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

163

drugs. This trend could be problematic since newer drugs have been shown to be

positively related to life expectancy (Lichtenberg, 2005) and in lowering non-drug

medical spending of all types (Lichtenberg, 2001). This potential problem has been

discussed by recent researchers (Grabowski and Kyle, 2007; Higgins and Graham,

2009; Graham and Higgins, 2010; Knowles, 2010; Panattoni, 2011) and the extant

literature provides ample evidence suggesting that acceleration of generic entry has

undermined incentives for R&D. What is still lacking in the literature, however, is

firm econometric evidence demonstrating that generic entry has actually led to a

decline (or changes) in R&D investment that can be plausibly ascribed to the

generic entry itself. Our focus on estimating the first-order impact from accelerated

generic entry, with some suggestive short run estimates of producer loses on the

supply side provides the link in the literature that will allow researchers to more

accurately analyze the impact on R&D decisions.48

4. Data and methodology

Previous research in this area has struggled with data limitations.

We are fortunate to have access to a range of unique and comprehensive data sets

that provide us with powerful leverage over some of the econometric challenges we

confront. First, data from Parry Ashford Publications (www.paragraphfour.com)

allows us to identify each Para-IV certification dating back to 2003.49

This data

provides full drug level information about the challenge and outcome which we can

link to our other data resources. For data prior to 2003 we filed a Freedom of

48 This is the focus of on-going research. 49 Para-IV certification data only became publicly available in 2003. In order to supplement the

data prior to 2003 we filed a FOIA request with the FDA. Other researchers (Berndt et al., 2007)

have used survey data in order to capture pre-2003 activity. In a recent study, Panattoni (2011)

collected data from District Court decisions.

Page 164: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

164

Information Act (FOIA) request with the FDA. Next, we need demand side

information for the drugs (and markets) where challenges occurred. For this we

turned to the IMS MIDAS™ database which provides sales (quantity) and revenue

information for every product sold by every firm, across all therapeutic disease

categories, branded and generic, in the U.S. This database also provides

information on dosages and expected market exclusivity expiry dates. All branded

products are also listed in the FDA Orange Book, and this database provides an

alternative source for approval, data exclusivity and patent expiry dates. Our final

time period covers 1997 to 2008 and unlike the prior literature (Dutta, 2011;

Cleanthous, 2002) that use annual data, we instead utilize quarterly data. This

choice is necessary so we can more accurately track entry (and subsequent entry

after 180-day exclusivity periods granted to first-filers) by generics.

A key aspect of our methodological framework is the definition of

our market and how it relates to the measurement of the outside good. We choose

to focus on the U.S. hypertension market as our initial research setting. The market

is large; for example, in 2007 the American Heart Association estimated the burden

of hypertension on the healthcare budget to be close to $60 billion (See Figure 4).

This category of disease is medically significant too, with prevalence around 26%-

29% of the population in 2008.50

We consulted experts at the Center for Disease

Control (CDC) to help retrieve disease prevalence statistics for hypertension from

the National Health Interview Survey (NHIS), which we discuss more fully below

in Section 4.1.2. Para-IV certifications have also been active in this market.

Finally, discussions with physicians suggest a relatively high degree of substitution

50 See http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/databriefs/db03.pdf.

Page 165: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

165

across different drugs, allowing for cross-molecular substitution. Inspection of

product level data confirms the reality of extensive cross-molecular substitution in

this market.

4.1 Demand estimation – nested logit model

Our potential market is all prospective U.S. hypertension patients

who might consume one of a number of drugs spread across five specific drug

categories used broadly to treat hypertension (See Table 2).51

Our product level

data are organized in a taxonomy known as the anatomical therapeutic chemical

(ATC) classification system, and we will refer henceforth to ATC codes and

categories. As identified in the table, we assign chemically distinct products to

different categories. A drug containing a single active ingredient is treated

differently from a drug that combines multiple active ingredients; each chemically

distinct category will be classified as a “molecule” (even though some substances

may combine multiple active ingredients). We follow Berry (1994), Stern (1996)

and Dutta (2011) and model demand with a nested logit model. Formally, let M be

the number of molecules (including combinations) being sold in the hypertension

market, , ,….. . Let be the set of all products that contain molecule .

Consumer i‟s utility from consuming firm j‟s product in molecule m is given by

(excluding a time subscript):

(1)

51 The ATCs used to define the market are: (1) C7A0 BETA-BLOCKING AGENTS, PLAIN; (2)

C7B1 BETA-BLOCKERS IN COMBINATION WITH HYPOT/DIURETICS; (3) C8A0 CALCIUM ANTAGONIST, PLAIN; (4) C9A0 ACE INHIBITORS, PLAIN; (5) C9B1 ACE

INHIBITORS USED IN COMBINATION+A-HYP/DIURETICS; and, (6) C9B3 ACE INH

COMB+CALC ANTAG. Angiotensins and their combinations with calcium antagonists or diuretics

(C9C0+C9D1+C9D3) have not faced patent expiration or Para-IV challenges and were thus

excluded from the sample.

Page 166: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

166

All products in a molecule (that is, all products that possess the same active

ingredient or same combination of active ingredients) are presumed to be closer

substitutes than chemically different products associated with other molecules. In

the language of discrete choice models, we think of them as belonging to the same

“nest.” Our approach also allows for the possibility of substitution across

molecules. This was based on direct conversations with physicians, who maintain

that it is consistent with their prescribing behavior and consistent with published

prescription guidelines.52

As an example, in Table 1, BCBSGA is attempting to

induce patients to switch from branded drugs made with the molecule nifedipine to

generic drugs made with the molecule amlodipine.

In Equation 1, captures the correlation of consumer choices between

molecules (or the degree of substitution across molecules) and the are i.i.d.

extreme value. is common to all drugs that belong to the molecule m and

Cardell (1997) proves that since the are i.i.d. extreme value so is

[ . As approaches 1, the within molecule correlation of utility

levels converges to 1 and indicates perfect substitutability of the molecules. In

other words, if approaches 1, products within a molecule are no more close

substitutes for one another than products in a different molecule. If, on the other

hand, approaches 0, then there is no substitution across molecules. An important

test of the validity of our estimation procedure will be an estimated value for that

lies between 0 and 1. is the mean utility of the product, is invariant across

consumers (i.e., patients) and is a function of observed product characteristics ( ),

52 See http://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/guidelines/hypertension/phycard.pdf

Page 167: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

167

price ( and unobserved product characteristics ( that could affect utility.

Formally, the mean utility can be specified as follows:

(2)

Following Berry (1994), market shares in this framework are given by:

(3)

where is the probability of choosing a product j, given a choice of a molecule m

and is:

] (4)

The probability of choosing molecule m is given by:

(5)

Thus, the market share of product j in molecule m is given by:

(6)

Finally, the share of the outside good in this model is given by:

(7)

Berry (1994) then demonstrates that this can be substituted and worked out into a

linear estimable specification:

(8)

The expression in Equation (8) gives us the mean utility from Equation (2) along

with a conditional share term, , which captures within group correlation.

Depending on the nature of the product characteristics vector, the expected sign of

the elements in the coefficient vector can either be positive or negative. For

example, if the focal product characteristic is the number of contraindications for a

Page 168: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

168

drug then one might reasonably expect a negative coefficient; its usage may be

more limited because of the larger number of contraindications. On the other hand,

if the focal product characteristic is advertising then we might reasonably expect a

positive coefficient. The sign of the price coefficient, α, is expected to be negative

and should be between 0 and 1 assuming a large enough market such that the

conditional shares on the right-hand side (RHS) are different from the unconditional

shares on the left-hand side (LHS). Without the conditional within-group term,

on the RHS, Equation (8) would reduce to a simple multinomial logit

specification, which we include as a robustness check.

Our approach carries with it the important benefits of simplicity and

ease of estimation, and recent related work using discrete choice models to measure

the welfare impact of changes in the monopoly power of pharmaceutical producers

(e.g., Dutta, 2011) has demonstrated its usefulness in that context. Of course, these

benefits come at a cost. Unlike the more complicated approach of Berry,

Levinsohn, and Pakes (1995) -- which we will denote hereafter as BLP -- we do not

simultaneously estimate the core parameters of a discrete choice demand model

with those of a fully specified supply side model, nor do we allow for an interaction

between consumer and product characteristics, either at the individual level or at the

market level. Our particular distributional assumptions and the "nests" we impose

on the data necessarily restrict the substitution possibilities across products in ways

that BLP are able to avoid. While we explore the empirical implications of

alternative nesting structures for our core conclusions, we are unable to estimate the

differential reactions of different kinds of consumers to product characteristics with

our current approach. These are important considerations, and the eventual

Page 169: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

169

combination of our rich data on product level sales and characteristics with

extensive data on the demographic characteristics of consumers using these drugs is

the focus of ongoing research.53

However, the effective combination of these data

presents its own challenges, and, given the current absence of any credible estimate

of the welfare impact of Para-IV entry on U.S. drug consumers, our current

approach would seem to offer an expedient path to an informative, if incomplete,

estimate of the welfare impact that could be compared with the revenue losses of

incumbent producers.

Equation (8) includes variables on the right hand side that could be

endogenous and/or correlated with omitted variables in the error term. These

concerns extend to the conditional share term capturing substitutability, ,

and price, We include data on advertising expenditures for particular products,

and this variable could also be endogenous. Therefore, we consider the use of

instrumental variables, which we discuss below.

4.1.1 Quantities and prices

As we indicated above, our unit of observation is molecule-firm-

brand-quarter, which means that if two branded firms and a generic firm are each

selling chemically identical products, we still treat each of the three products as

distinct, and we track sales on a quarterly basis. IMS MIDAS™ provides sales data

in Standard Units (SU). The SU measurement is designed to equate different

dosage forms (e.g., tablets, capsules, liquid) into comparable patient dosages.

53 The National Health Interview Survey (NHIS) is an annual, large-sample, comprehensive survey of Americans' health status, and the data collected include information on the incidence of diseases

like hypertension and the consumption of particular categories of drugs, as well as important

demographic information on the survey respondents. In principle, these data on the distribution of

consumer characteristics within the drug consuming population could be integrated into our analysis,

as in Cleanthous (2002).

Page 170: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

170

Products that have multiple presentations of a molecule sold by a single firm are

aggregated together. Revenues are reported over the same period and are converted

into real dollars using a base year 2000 GDP deflator. For each quarter observation,

wholesale price is defined as revenues divided by SU sales.

4.1.2 Hypertension market and unconditional shares

We consulted experts at the CDC to help retrieve and construct

disease prevalence statistics for hypertension from the National Health Information

Survey (NHIS). Specifically, for children and adults, we retrieve counts of the

number of U.S. residents taking the NHIS who answered that they ever had

hypertension or the related conditions of high blood pressure, a heart condition, or

coronary heart disease. CDC recommended weightings were then applied in order

to back out national estimates of hypertension prevalence.54

To create a correspondence between sales data (pill-level) and

prescription-level data or the number of patients consuming hypertension drugs, we

impose an assumption on the length of treatment. For this we assume chronic

intake of hypertension drugs (i.e., patients stay on the drug throughout a year) and

combine this with prescription-level data on average treatment days from the IMS

National Prescription Audit™ (NPA) and the IMS National Disease and

Therapeutic Index™ (NDTI), supplemented with information from medical

references. We take our estimates of the number of patients with hypertension and

multiply this by 90 (days in a quarter) and then by 4 (four quarters in a year). This

multiplication yields the potential market size for hypertension drugs. We therefore

54

For more information on the CDC weighting recommendation and methodology please

see:ftp://ftp.cdc.gov/pub/Health_Statistics/NCHS/Dataset_Documentation/NHIS/2009/srvydesc.pdf

Page 171: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

171

define the unconditional share for a particular quarter, , as brand level sales

divided by our estimate of the potential market size, in SU.

4.1.3 Outside good share

The approach in Section 4.1.2 also allows us to create the outside

good measure, or the number of potential patients with hypertension that are not

actively receiving treatment. In any given quarter, we can sum hypertension drug

sales across all five relevant ATC categories and compare that with the overall

potential market derived from the CDC NHIS data above, the difference is our

measure of the outside good.55

4.1.4 Conditional share

Equation (8) includes the term which captures within group

correlation, σ, or, as we argue, provides an average measure of cross-molecular

substitution. Construction of the numerator is defined as branded product-level

sales for each quarter. The denominator is the summation of all sales for a specific

molecule (branded and generic) in each quarter. Using the calcium channel blocker

Norvasc and Q1:2000 as an example, the numerator would be Norvasc sales in

Q1:2000 divided by all the sum of products (branded and generic) that contain the

molecule amlodipine.

4.1.5 Product Characteristics

Formal modeling of demand in this setting occurs in a manner such

55 We experiment with the outside good measure in various ways, since its reasonable computation might have a bearing on the results. This involved imposing different assumptions on the length of

treatment, imposing treatment card information, and reconciling all the measures of outside good

shares with epidemiological estimates of U.S. patients who are aware of they being hypertensive but

are not getting treated (for a variety of reasons). Our findings remain robust to these various

measures and are available from the authors upon request.

Page 172: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

172

that the utility of a consumer from consuming a drug product, in a certain time

period, is a function of product characteristics, observed and unobserved.

Following the extant literature (e.g., Stern, 1996; Cleanthous, 2002; Dutta, 2011),

we include information on drug side effects. More specifically, we use drug-label

information, cross-checked with medical references, to gather the number of

contraindications (i.e., circumstances under which the drug cannot be safely taken)

for each drug. Advertising expenditures on a product are also a significant

determinant of sales and the literature points to biases in demand estimates without

advertising (Moul, 2006). As a result, we incorporate product-specific detailing

information from IMS MIDAS™. Detailing data is comprised of three

components: (1) direct journal advertising, (2) direct mail advertising and (3) direct

interactions between drug representatives and physicians. We aggregate three

forms of detailing together at the product level, converting all financial variables to

real, year 2000, dollars. We do not possess quarterly data on direct-to-consumer

advertising (DTC) but since physicians are acting as agents on behalf of patients

(consumers), it can be argued that detailing is a critical component of a

pharmaceutical firm‟s advertising strategy. Rosenthal et al. (2003) supports this

notion and demonstrates that total promotion expenditures were approximately 14%

of sales. Of this 14%, DTC comprised 2.2% while total physician promotion

accounted for 11.8%. Finally, because there are important product attributes that

are difficult to measure consistently across products we include product-specific

fixed effects. These fixed effects will vary across products but not over time.

Page 173: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

173

4.2 Instruments

A clear econometric challenge arises with respect to price, the level of

advertising, and the conditional share term. All of these variables are potentially

correlated with the unobserved product characteristics, , in Equation (2), a

problem that is well recognized in the demand estimation literature (e.g., Berry,

1994; Berry et al., 1995, 1999; Nevo, 2000). Consistent with other studies (e.g.,

Stern, 1995; Cleanthous, 2003; Dick, 2008; Dutta, 2011) we use two competition

related instrumental variables and one related to product design that are less likely

to be correlated with the error term.

Our first instrument is the count of dosage levels in which a product is

available, Form Numbers. FDA data allows us to track changes in these numbers

over different molecules. As Stern (1996) points out “Unless consumers value

products sold by a particular firm because it is a multiproduct firm, measures of

multiproduct ownership will be correlated with price and advertising, but be

uncorrelated with unobserved quality.” (p.18) The second instrument we employ is

the Time Since Generic Entry and is coded as 0 for all observations before entry

into a molecule market. After entry a counter starts and increases by one unit for

each quarter that elapses. Our final instrument is the Number of Firms (branded

and generics) selling products across the market. The second and third instruments

relate to the level of competition in the market, and under the assumption that entry

is exogenous, should be uncorrelated with unobserved product characteristics. For

Page 174: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

174

all instruments we also used lagged values. The results of the standard over-

identification tests are reported below.56

4.3 Consumer surplus (CS) and counterfactual analysis

4.3.1 Real world

Given the coefficient estimates on price and product characteristics,

quarterly consumer surplus in the nested logit model outlined above follows Small

and Rosen (1981) and Train (2003) and is given by:

*P*ln [1+ ] (9)

Where P captures prevalence information and is converted into daily-

doses using our previously discussed length of treatment assumption (see Section

4.1.2). Within the bracketed term, 1 represents the utility derived by the average

consumer from consuming the outside good; the remaining expression comes from

the indirect utility derived by the average consumer, through coefficient estimates

applied on realizations of price and product characteristics (Train, 2003).57

The

double summation term implies that the indirect utility in each quarter is first

summed across all products (brands, generics and Para-IV generics) within a

molecule and then across all molecules. The entire expression is then logged,

multiplied by P and (where is the coefficient on price and is defined as the

marginal utility of income) in order to express consumer surplus in dollar terms.

56 See Appendix 1 for a discussion on additional instruments currently being explored. 57 It is important to note that in our specification not only includes the product characteristic

variables, number of contraindications, detailing, but also price, and further, the constant term and

the coefficient on product fixed effects that are generated in the regressions.

Page 175: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

175

4.3.2 Counterfactual world

In order to understand the impact of Para-IV early generic entry we

need to establish the counterfactual which will allow us to determine the consumer

surplus generated had there not been entry before patent(s) expiry (i.e., end of

market exclusivity) by the generic entrants. In constructing the counterfactual

consumer surplus series we first drop the Para-IV generic entrants (and the

subsequent follow-on generic entrants that entered as a result of the Para-IV action

after the 180-day exclusivity period) but retain the branded pharmaceuticals along

with the generics that entered after patent expiry or the end of market exclusivity.

We need to make several assumptions relating to pharmaceutical firm

action in this counterfactual world.58

First, we assume a pharmaceutical firm would

not launch a product reformulation or me-too drug since they would end up

cannibalizing sales of their existing product. Second, we assume that the

pharmaceutical firm follows pre-entry trends in terms of price and advertising until

the end of market exclusivity, after which they follow normal post-entry trends in

the face of normal (non Para-IV) generic entry. As a consequence of these

assumptions we are able to impute price and advertising from the quarter of Para-IV

generic entry until patent expiry of the incumbent‟s product. We have tested the

accuracy of our counterfactual predictions by using early sample data to estimate

late sample prices, quantities, and advertising in markets where generic entry never

58 In the real world incumbents could possibly launch “me-toos” or reformulations (Graham and

Higgins, 2010), authorize their own generics and/or modify price or advertising in an attempt to

create customer loyalty (Bhattacharya and Vogt, 2003). However, once a generic has entered, in

most cases, prescription plans move patients to them unless they are willing to pay either a higher

co-pay or, in some cases, full retail price.

Page 176: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

176

occurred. We find that our predictions track actual values fairly closely.59

We

repeat the calculation outlined in Equation (9) to create a series by

quarter with the difference between the two consumer surplus series giving us

welfare going to consumers as follows:

- (10)

In order to get a sense of the plausibility of these CS estimates we

need to reconcile them with the average patient‟s annual drug expenses, estimates

of surplus in hypertension in other economies, and producer surplus figures. We

discuss all these issues below.

4.4. Robustness - alternative nesting strategy

While our exposition, and our results, suggest a high degree of cross-

molecular substitution in the hypertension market, it is useful to consider the

robustness of our results to alternative characterizations of the market. One logical

way to do this is to segregate hypertension drugs into broad categories based on the

biochemical pathway through which the drug treats the underlying disease. Broadly

speaking, three major categories of hypertension drugs coexist during our sample

period: beta blockers, ACE inhibitors, and calcium channel blockers. We will not

go into the biochemical details of the different ways in which these drugs treat

hypertension, but the differences are substantial enough that each of these

categories is independently recognized in the ATC classification system.

59

We thank Brian Kovak for this suggestion. Results of this test will be incorporated in later

versions of the paper and are available from the authors upon request.

Page 177: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

177

We consider two substantially different ways to nest hypertension

drugs in the product space. We could imagine that consumers choose molecules but

not treatment categories, and model consumer choice as being one in which

consumers are just as likely to substitute a beta blocker for an ACE inhibitor as they

are to substitute between ACE inhibitors. This is the approach described above.

An alternative is to model consumers as first choosing a treatment category – ACE

inhibitors, beta blockers, or calcium channel blockers – then choosing molecules

within (but not outside) these categories. This second approach allows for

significant cross molecular substitution within categories, but zero substitution

across them. The reality of prescription and consumption behavior lies somewhere

between these sharply different modeling approaches. If, however, we can

demonstrate that estimated consumer gains are broadly similar, regardless of which

approach we take, then that would engender greater confidence in our results and

suggest that they are not simply an artifact of a particular approach to demand

modeling. As it turns out, our estimates, which we discuss below, do appear to be

impressively robust to this alternative nesting strategy.

5. Empirical results

5.1 Descriptive statistics

Table 3 presents descriptive statistics for the hypertension market and

the products we focus on in this study. The total number of products (including all

dosage forms) varied between 147 and 175 during our focal 47 quarters starting

from the second quarter of 1997 to the fourth quarter of 2008.60

Over the same time

frame the number of generic products varied between 41 and 69 and the number of

60 This time frame was chosen due to limitations in the IMS data.

Page 178: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

178

firms varied between 54 and 73, with a marked increase towards the end of the

panel. Average real price per SU was approximately $0.90 and average sales were

approximately 16 million SUs each quarter. While product-level variation exists,

there are, on average, three contraindications per product. Finally, aggregate

quarterly detailing, on average, was $1.67 million for branded products and zero for

generic products.

As Table 4 demonstrates, on average, challenged products had $600

million of sales per quarter over our sample period. Average wholesale prices per

SU (for all versions, branded and generics) ranged between $0.40 and $4.44, but

decreased, on average, by 26.8% after Para-IV entry. It is interesting to note that

after entry, the originator increased price by about 28%; this is not unexpected since

the remaining brand consumers will have a more inelastic demand (Bhattacharya

and Vogt, 2003). In the quarter of entry we find that the discount factor offered by

the generic entrant is approximately 38% in comparison to branded product prices,

however it varies widely depending on the type of drug. For example, in one case

the discount factor offered in the quarter of entry was just over 97%. Figure 5

illustrates the variability in these discount rates.

Another key feature in the data is the intensity of entry that follows a

Para-IV challenge (i.e., other follow-on generic firms that enter once the entrant

firm‟s 180-day exclusivity period ends). Across therapeutic markets there are, on

average, 11 subsequent generic entrants. This subsequent follow-on entry, more so

than the first (Para-IV) generic entrant, drives prices down and compresses

pharmaceutical firm revenue. For example, during the first year after Para-IV entry,

Page 179: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

179

average branded pharmaceutical product revenues eroded by approximately 52%

and collapsing by over 78% by the year after subsequent follow-on generic entry.

5.2 Results

5.2.1 Coefficient estimates

The nested logit demand regression results are reported in Table 5 and for

robustness purposes multinomial regression results are reported in Table 6.61

Recall

that the dependent variable, defined in Equation 8, is the difference between the

logs of the conditional share and share of the outside good. Focusing on the nested

logit results, Model 1 (Table 5) presents results utilizing instrumental variables.

Several items are worth noting. First, the sign on the coefficient Price is negative (-

0.303) and statistically significant. When we compare this coefficient estimate for

hypertension with those obtained from recent work on other therapeutic markets,

our results lie within the range of results obtained by those authors. For example,

Stern (1996) uses aggregate U.S. data across four therapeutic categories from 1978

to 1991 and finds a price coefficient ranging between -0.91 and -10.95. Cleanthous

(2002) uses aggregate data on depression from 1980 to 2001 and finds a price

coefficient of -1.93. A more recent comparison is with Dutta (2011) who uses a

panel of drugs across various therapeutic markets to estimate pharmaceutical

demand in India. For anti-hypertensive drugs she reports a price coefficient of -

0.07, perhaps indicative of how elasticity of demand varies across different

countries.

61

When σ approaches 1 (perfect substitutability) ln(sj|m) becomes 0 and the nested logit simplifies to

a multinomial logit.

Page 180: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

180

The results also point to strong evidence of cross-molecular

substitution; the coefficient on the within-group term ln(sj|m) is positive (0.497) and

significant. This indicates a fair amount of substitutability across molecules within

hypertension markets. Discussions with physicians and drug substitution guidelines

issued by a major insurer also attest to a high degree of substitution across

molecules. In future work, we hope to compare analysis of therapeutic categories

with fairly high levels of cross-molecular substitution with other markets

characterized by lower levels of cross-molecular substitution such as epilepsy. The

overall impact of Para-IV entry on consumers and producers is likely to be much

greater in treatment areas with high levels of cross-molecular substitution. In terms

of the signs on the other variables, our results seem to follow economic intuition.

Shares are decreasing in number of contraindications for drugs, which is to be

expected. Finally, the coefficient on the log of advertising, Lnadver, is positive and

significant providing evidence of its critical role in influencing drug demand.

5.2.2 Welfare implications and counterfactual analysis

Welfare calculations are derived using Equation (10). Cumulative

consumer surplus generated from 1997 to 2008 was approximately $270 billion.

This includes all generic entry with all choice sets available to the consumer.

Average quarterly consumer surplus generated from this calculation is

approximately $5.7 billion or about $23 billion per year. When we remove the

Para-IV facilitated generic entry from the sample and generate consumer surplus in

a counterfactual world the figure drops to approximately $177 billion. This implies

that early Para-IV generic challenges created a cumulative consumer surplus of $92

billion over our time period in the U.S. hypertension market (See Figure 6). Hatch-

Page 181: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

181

Waxman set out to strike a balance between access and innovation; for the first time

we have been able to quantify the benefits to consumers as a result of the early

entry via Para-IV challenges. These results should not be surprising since prior

work has already demonstrated the gains to consumers as a result of normal generic

entry.

The average quarterly consumer surplus in the counterfactual world is

about $3.8 billion ($5.7 billion in the real world), suggesting that in each quarter of

our analysis, Para-IV entry delivered gains to the consumer of just over $2 billion or

$8 billion annually. These are large flows that can be explained by lower prices and

the expansion in the consumer choice set (See Table 7). To illustrate the size of

these gains for expositional purposes, we can re-express them in terms of cost

savings per-dose of medication.62

If we assume that, on average, 60 million

consumers in the U.S. are annually suffering from hypertension and that all of them

took medication for this condition (a counterfactual, but illustrative assumption),

this translates to annual consumption of 21.6 billion pills (60 million * 360),

assuming chronic intake. Given annual consumer surplus gains of $8 billion, this

amounts to per pill consumer gain of approximately $0.37 which translates to a

yearly savings of $133 per consumer. Given the high incidence of prescription drug

coverage in the U.S., a question remains however as to whether the full welfare

gains flow through to consumers or whether some of that value is appropriated by

the insurance industry, an issue we raise below.

62

This back-of-the-envelope calculation is offered purely for expositional purposes, to help readers

comprehend the magnitude of estimated gains.

Page 182: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

182

5.2.3 Robustness - alternative nesting strategies

In Section 4.4 we discussed alternative ways of partitioning the

product space and modeling consumer choice across potential substitutes in the

hypertension market. In the main results stressed in this paper, we “nest” or cluster

products into groups with the same active ingredient(s), but we do not impose any

additional structure on consumer choices, and we allow for relatively unconstrained

substitution across the major subcategories of hypertension drugs, such as ACE

inhibitors, calcium channel blockers, beta blockers, and their combinations.

An alternative approach is to allow for substitution across molecules

within a subcategory (i.e., ACE inhibitors and drugs containing ACE inhibitor

compounds), but not across subcategories. We treat the subcategories as distinct

markets. Discussions with prescribing physicians suggest that the reality is

somewhere between the assumptions we made in the previous section and the

assumption we make here. Fortunately, we can demonstrate that we get broadly

similar estimates of consumer surplus gains, regardless of which set of assumptions

we make. Table 8 reports the coefficients we obtain for the parameters of our

indirect utility function when we estimate demand by subcategories. Table 9

reports the difference between real and counterfactual, consumer and producer

surplus when we calculate both measures by subcategories. The results are not that

different from those described above.

5.2.4 Welfare for whom? And at what cost?

A number of issues arise when considering these estimates of

consumer surplus. First, how do these gains compare with producer surplus losses,

and are their net social gains? Such a comparison requires an estimate of what

Page 183: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

183

producer prices and quantities would have been in a counterfactual world without

Para-IV generic challenges. While we are experimenting with a formal supply side

model, as in Dutta (2011), we find that we are able to predict incumbent sales and

price outcomes with surprising accuracy, simply by extrapolating the trends found

in early sample data for particular products to their later periods.63

In many cases,

patent expiry lies beyond our sample period, so we can simply predict

counterfactual producer behavior as a continuation of pre-Para-IV entry trends that

extends to the end of our sample. In other cases, patent expiry occurs before the

end of the sample. In that case, we take the price and quantity declines observed

after the initial 180-day exclusivity period, but re-date these to the expiration of the

patent rather than the successful Para-IV challenge.

Of course, calculating producer surplus requires that we subtract costs

from revenue. Rather than use a formal model to derive an estimate of marginal

cost, we take the late sample generic price as a measure of marginal cost.64

Conversations with industry insiders confirmed that significant generic entry tends

to drive prices close to marginal cost, limiting the profits even for generic

producers. We also subtract product-specific advertising expenditures from

producer surplus. In calculating the counterfactual, we presume that advertising

expenditures follow early sample trends. In the real world, producers tend to cut off

advertising almost entirely after generic entry, and we use real world expenditure

63 We actually applied this procedure to markets that either never saw generic entry or saw it very

late in the sample, and found that our “out of sample” predictions were surprisingly accurate for price and quantity. 64 To be precise, for each molecule we looked for the lowest late sample generic price and took that

as our estimate of marginal cost for all producers in the molecule. In two cases of combination

molecules, there was no generic entry, so we took the average of the lowest generic price for the

element molecules in that combination, and used that average as our estimate for marginal cost.

Page 184: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

184

levels in computing producer surplus for the actual market history we observe.

While we have total R&D spending for publicly listed pharmaceutical firms, we do

not possess data on R&D spending for creation or improvement of particular

products. As such, we assume that branded pharmaceutical firms spend as much on

R&D as on advertising, and we deduct this from revenues to create a final measure

of “producer surplus.”

Generics producers earn profits in the real world that they would not

have earned in the counterfactual world, but the intensity of generic competition

compresses these profit flows very rapidly after the 180-day exclusivity period

ends. Cumulatively, by the end of our sample in 2008, total losses to all producers

because of Para-IV entry amount to approximately $14 billion or approximately

about 15% of the gains that flow to the consumer (See Figure 6). This suggests that

the social gains are quite large – cumulating to nearly $78 billion over our sample

period. While more in-depth work needs to be completed on the supply-side, these

figures represent the first attempt that we are aware of to quantify the loss to

producers and net social gains resulting from Para-IV entry under Hatch-Waxman.

But the extent to which these social gains are being realized by the

consumer is open to question. Most American consumers do not purchase

prescription drugs directly; the drugs they consume are prescribed by physicians

and they pay a fraction of the retail price (the co-pay) at the point of purchase, with

the rest being covered by prescription drug insurance. In this paper, we abstract

from the reality that there are institutions mediating between the ultimate drug

consumers and the sellers, and we assume that the measured price declines and

generic entry really do translate into “consumer surplus.” In a world in which

Page 185: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

185

doctors and insurance firms really do act in the best interests of their patients and

policyholders, it would not matter whether consumers participate directly or

indirectly in this market. Drug price declines would, in such a world, be passed

through to consumers, either in the form of lower co-pays, lower premiums or both.

For our purposes, we will maintain the assumption that insurance firms work this

way.

In future work, though, a much more complete and thorough

consideration of the degree to which insurance firms appropriate the gains

generated by pharmaceutical price declines is certainly warranted. Inspection of

actual co-pay data from IMS surveys revealed the existence of a number of products

in which the insurance company realized very significant declines in real drug cost,

but did not adjust patient co-pays by the same amount, in percentage change terms.

Furthermore, while originator products‟ prices typically rise modestly after generic

entry, the co-pays required of consumers who choose these products often go up by

much more than the price, in percentage change terms. As an illustrative example,

we observed the case of a branded drug, Altace, which encountered very strong

generic competition toward the end of the sample. 65

Using co-pay data, we

constructed a “pass-through” coefficient that measured the percent change in the

branded drug‟s price after generic entry divided by the percent change in co-pay for

patients who elected to continue to purchase the branded drug. This coefficient was

about .55, well below one, demonstrating that the percent change in price was much

smaller than the percent change in patient co-pay. On the other hand, the price of

65

We find that the data behaves in a strikingly similar manner in other brands like Coreg and

Norvasc.

Page 186: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

186

generic versions of the drug plummeted. However, patient co-pays fell only

modestly. The ratio of the percent change in price over the pre- and post-entry

periods to the percent change in co-pays was well above one, implying that co-pays

fell by far less than the wholesale price for patients switching to generic versions.

Finally, even if the measured price declines generate increased

welfare for consumers in the short run, the prospect of limited profitability from

future drug development could lead to either a significant decline in pharmaceutical

R&D or a change in the type of drugs being developed.66

If this, in turn, leads to a

significant slowdown in the rate at which new effective drugs are introduced, then

consumer welfare could decline in the long run, even if the short-run gains from

increased access are large. For example, work by Lichtenberg (2005) has

demonstrated that newer drugs were positively related to life expectancy. In this

paper, we do nothing to estimate the losses associated with foregone future

innovation. However, a full welfare analysis of the balance struck by Hatch-

Waxman will remain incomplete until our estimates of short-run gains can be

compared to appropriately discounted (potential) losses induced by an R&D

slowdown. Conducting such an analysis is the focus of ongoing research efforts by

the authors.

6. Discussion & Conclusion

This paper estimates the impact of early generic entry facilitated via

Para-IV certifications in the U.S. hypertension market between 1997 and 2008.

While Para-IV certifications have been legally possible since the passage of the

Hatch-Waxman Act in 1984, a series of legal and institutional barriers kept the

66 Especially in orphan drugs or drugs for rare pediatric diseases with low patient population base.

Page 187: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

187

number of challenges quite low until the late 1990s. Since then, a series of court

cases and procedural changes have significantly lowered the costs and raised the

success probabilities of these challenges. We view these changes as constituting a

slowly unfolding natural experiment. Using unusually rich data, we estimate a

discrete choice demand model, and use this model to back out the first known

estimates of impact of these challenges on social welfare. We calculate welfare

gains to the consumer of approximately $92 billion over our time period. Our

regression results also point to substantial cross-molecular substitution within the

hypertension market, a feature which amplifies the impact of early generic entry on

consumers and producers. The gains to the consumer are an order of magnitude

larger than estimated losses incurred by producers ($14 billion). Placed in context

with the cost of treating hypertension in the United States, the gains appear to be

quite large. Given the scope of Para-IV certifications in other large drug markets,

our results suggest that Hatch-Waxman has generated substantial (short-term) net

benefits.

However, our estimates come with important caveats. In the long run,

diminished profits for pharmaceutical innovators could lead to lower consumer

welfare as the level of R&D and the pace of product development decline in the

future. It may be the case that we are trading gains today at the cost of future drug

development; an issue we are currently exploring in follow-up work. Industry

representatives‟ point to the relatively short period of data exclusivity provided for

under Hatch-Waxman, and note that other major pharmaceutical markets like

European Union, Japan or Canada provide longer data exclusivity periods (See

Table 10). There is no comparable Para-IV mechanism in these other markets.

Page 188: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

188

Recently, US Congress passed legislation mandating a 12 year data exclusivity

period for large molecule (biotechnology) drugs. Our results point to significant

loss to producers as a result of Para-IV entry in the small molecule hypertension

market. If incentives, on the margin, push producers to shift R&D away from small

molecule drugs then policy makers may need to consider altering current data

exclusivity periods for these drugs.

While we presume that the “consumer surplus” generated by increased

generic availability and price declines actually goes to consumers, it is at least

possible that some of this downstream surplus is appropriated by insurance firms.

Using proprietary co-payment data from IMS we intend to bring this possibility into

our analysis in future work. If it is the case that the insurance industry is

appropriating a significant portion of the consumer surplus generated from these

regulatory actions, then our work calls for a much deeper understanding of the

distortion that the insurance industry is causing in the pharmaceutical market.

Our current efforts to estimate prices and quantities in a counterfactual

world without generic entry rely on extrapolation of early sample trends rather than

a formal supply side model that endogenizes pricing decisions. As it turns out,

these simple extrapolations appear to result in a high degree of predictive accuracy.

Nevertheless, we are currently seeking to augment our results herein with a more

sophisticated supply side model, such as that utilized by Dutta (2011).

Finally, the hypertension market is just one of many important

therapeutic categories in the U.S. pharmaceutical industry. As our research agenda

proceeds, we intend to supplement the results described herein with results from

other markets, many of which are plausibly characterized by significantly different

Page 189: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

189

levels of cross-molecular substitution (e.g., depression, epilepsy and GERD). Only

when we have studied a much larger fraction of the total pharmaceutical industry

will we be in a position to render even partial judgment on the efficacy of Hatch-

Waxman. As is usually the case in economic research, much more remains to be

done.

References

Acemoglu, D. and Linn, J., 2004. Market size in innovation: Theory and evidence

from the pharmaceutical industry. The Quarterly Journal of Economics 119, 1049–

1090.

Appelt, S., 2010. Authorized generic entry prior to patent expiry: Reassessing

incentives for independent generic entry. Unpublished working paper, Munich

Graduate School of Economics, University of Munich.

Anderson, S.,de Palma, A., Thisse, J., 1992.Discrete Choice Theory of Product

Differentiation. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press.

Berndt, E., Cockburn, I., Griliches, Z., 1996. Pharmaceutical innovations and

market dynamics: Tracking effects on price indexes for antidepressant drugs.

Brookings Papers on Economic Activity: Microeconomics2, 133-188.

Berndt, E.,Bir, A., Busch, S., Frank, R., Normand, S., 2002. The medical treatment

of depression, 1991-1996: Productive inefficiency, expected outcome variations,

and price indexes. Journal of Health Economics21(3), 373-396.

Berndt, E., 2002. Pharmaceuticals in US health care determinants of quantity and

price. Journal of Economic Perspectives 16, 45-66.

Berndt, E., Pindyck, R., Azoulay, P., 2003. Consumption externalities and diffusion

in pharmaceutical markets: antiulcer drugs. Journal of Industrial Economics 51(2),

243-270.

Berndt, E., Mortimer, R., Bhattacharjya, A., Parece, A., Tuttle, E., 2007. Authorized

generic drugs, price competition and consumers‟ welfare. Health Affairs 26(3), 790-

799.

Berndt, E., Bui, L., Reiley, D., Urban, G., 1995. Information, marketing and

pricing in the U.S. anti-ulcer drug market. American Economic Review 85(2), 100-

105.

Page 190: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

190

Berndt, E., Aitken, M., 2010. Brand loyalty, generic entry, and price competition in

pharmaceuticals in the quarter century after the 1984 Hatch-Waxman legislation.

NBER Working Paper No. 16431.

Berndt, E., Newhouse, J., 2010. Pricing and reimbursement in U.S. pharmaceutical

markets. NBER Working Paper No. 16297.

Berry, S., 1994. Estimating discrete choice models of product differentiation.

RAND Journal of Economics 25(2), 242-262.

Berry, S., Levinsohn, J., Pakes, A., 1995. Automobile prices in equilibrium.

Econometrica 63(4), 841-890.

Berry, S., Levinsohn, J., Pakes, A., 1999. Differentiated products demand systems

from a combination of micro and macro data: the new car market. NBER Working

Paper No. 6481.

Berry, S., Waldfogel, J., 1999. Free entry and social inefficiency in radio

broadcasting. RAND Journal of Economics 30(3), 397-420.

Bhattacharya, J., Vogt, W.B., 2003. A simple model of pharmaceutical price

dynamics. Journal of Law and Economics 46, 599-626.

Bokhari, F., Fournier, G., 2009. Entry in the ADHD drugs market: welfare impact

of generics and me-toos. Unpublished working paper, Florida State University.

Branstetter, L. G., Sakakibara, M. 2001. Do stronger patents induce more

innovation? Evidence from the 1988 Japanese patent law reforms. RAND Journal

of Economics 32(1), 77─100.

Bresnahan, T.F., Gordon, R.G., 1997. The Economics of New Goods. University of

Chicago Press, Chicago, IL.

Bresnahan, T., Reiss, P.,1991. Entry and competition in concentrated markets.

Journal of Political Economy 99(5), 977-1009.

Bresnahan, T., Stern, S., Trajtenberg, M., 1997. Market segmentation and the

sources of rents from innovation: personal computers in the late 1980‟s. RAND

Journal of Economics 28, 17-44.

Broda, C., Weinstein, D., 2006. Globalization and the gains from variety. Quarterly

Journal of Economics 121(2), 541-585.

Brynjolfsson, E., Kemerer, C., 1996. Network externalities in microcomputer

software: An econometric analysis of the spreadsheet market. Management Science

42, 1627–1647.

Page 191: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

191

Brynjolfsson, E., Hu, Y., Smith., M., 2003. Consumer surplus in the digital

economy. Management Science 49(11), 2003.

Bulow, J., 2004. The gaming of pharmaceutical patents. In Innovation, Policy and

the Economy, vol .4. Jaffe, Stern, Lerner (eds.), MIT Press: Cambridge, MA.

Cardell, S., 1997. Variance components structures for the extreme value and logistic

distributions with applications to models of heterogeneity. Econometric Theory 13,

185-213.

Caves, R., Whinston, M., Hurwitz, M., 1991. Patent expiration, entry and

competition in the U.S. pharmaceutical industry. Brookings Papers on Economic

Activity: Microeconomics, 1-48.

Cleanthous, P., 2002. Patient welfare implications of innovation in the U.S.

antidepressant market. Unpublished working paper, New York University.

Clerides, S., 2008. Gains from trade in used goods: evidence from automobiles.

Journal of International Economics 76, 322–336.

Cockburn, I., 2006. Is the pharmaceutical industry in a productivity crisis? In

Innovation Policy and the Economy, Vol. 7, A. Jaffe, J. Lerner, and S. Stern, (eds),

MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.

Congressional Budget Office, 1998. How increased competition from generic drugs

has affected process and returns in the pharmaceutical industry. Congressional

Budget Office, The Congress of the United Sates, http://www.cbo.gov.

Danzon, P., Chao, L., 2000a. Cross-national price differences for pharmaceuticals:

how large and why? Journal of Health Economics 19, 159-195.

Danzon, P., Chao, L., 2000b. Does regulation drive out competition in the

pharmaceutical markets? Journal of Law and Economics, 311-357.

Danzon, P., Wang, Y., Wang, L., 2005. The impact of price regulation on the

launch of delay of new drugs. Health Economics 14(3), 269-292.

Davis, S.J., Murphy, K.M., Topel, R.H., 2004. Entry, pricing and product design in

an initially monopolized market. Journal of Political Economy 112(1), 188-225.

Dick, A., 2008. Demand estimation and consumer welfare in the banking industry.

Journal of Banking and Finance 32(8), 1661-1676.

DiMasi, J., Hansen, R., Grabowski, H., 2003. The price of innovation: new

estimation of drug development costs. Journal of Health Economics 22, 151-185.

Page 192: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

192

DiMasi, J., Grabowski, H., 2007. The cost of biopharmaceutical R&D: Is biotech

different? Managerial and Decision Economics 28, 469–479.

Djankov, S., LaPorta, R., Lopez-de-Silanes, F., Schleifer, A., 2002. The regulation

of entry. The Quarterly Journal of Economics 117(1), 1-37.

Dutta, A., 2011. From free entry to patent protection: Welfare implications for the

Indian pharmaceutical industry. Review of Economics and Statistics 93(1), 160-

178.

Ellickson, P., Stern, S., Trajtenberg, M., 2001. Patient welfare and patient

compliance: an empirical framework for measuring the benefits from

pharmaceutical innovation. In Medical Care Output and Productivity, Ernst Berndt

and David Cutler (eds), University of Chicago Press: Chicago, IL.

Ellison, S., Cockburn, I., Griliches, Z., Hausman, J., 1997. Characteristics of

demand for pharmaceutical products: an examination of four cephalosporins.

RAND Journal of Economics 28(3), 426-446.

Federal Trade Commission, 2002. Generic entry prior to patent expiration: FTC

study. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., July.

Federal Trade Commission, 2009. Authorized Generics: An Interim Report. FTC

study. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., June.

Ferrandiz, J.G., 1999. The impact of generic goods in the pharmaceutical industry.

Health Economics 8, 599-612.

Frank, R., Salkever, D., 1997. Generic entry and the pricing of pharmaceuticals.

Journal of Economics and Management Strategy 6(1), 75-90.

Gallant, R., Hong, H., Khwaja, A., 2009. Estimating a dynamic oligopolistic game

with serially correlated unobserved production costs. Unpublished working paper,

Duke University.

Goldberg, P., 1995. Product differentiation and oligopoly in international markets:

the case of the automobile industry. Econometrica 63, 891–951.

Grabowski, H., 2004. Are the economics of pharmaceutical research and

development changing? Pharmacoeconomics 22, 15-24.

Grabowski, H.G., 2007. Data exclusivity for new biological entities. Unpublished

working paper, Duke University, Department of Economics.

http://www.econ.duke.edu/Papers/PDF/DataExclusivityWorkingPaper.pdf

Grabowski, H., 2007. Competition between generic and branded drugs. In Sloan, F.,

Hsieh, C. (Eds.), Pharmaceutical Innovation: Incentives, Competition, and Cost-

Page 193: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

193

Benefit Analysis in International Perspective. Cambridge University Press:

Cambridge, MA.

Grabowski H, Vernon J., 1992. Brand loyalty, entry, and price competition in

pharmaceuticals after the1984 act. Journal of Law and Economics 35(2), 331–350.

Grabowski, H., Vernon, J., 1996. Longer patents for increased generic competition:

The Waxman

Hatch Act after one decade. Pharmaco Economics 10, 110–23.

Graham, S., Higgins, M.J., 2010. The effect of Paragraph IV patent challenges on

“new” drug introductions. Working paper, College of Management, Georgia

Institute of Technology.

Griliches, Z., Cockburn., I., 1994. Generics and new goods in pharmaceutical price

indexes. American Economic Review 84, 1213–1232.

Hausman, J., Hall, B., Griliches, Z., 1984. Econometric models for count data with

an application to the patents-R&D relationship. Econometrica 52(4), 909-938.

Hemphill, C., Sampat, B., 2010. When do generics challenge drug patents?

Columbia Law and Economics Working Paper No. 379.

http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1640512

Henderson, R., I. Cockburn. 1996. Scale, scope, and spillovers: The determinants of

research productivity in drug discovery. Rand Journal of Economics, 27, 32-59.

Higgins, M., Graham, S., 2009. Balancing innovation and access: patent challenges

tip the scales. Science 326, 370-372.

Hudson, J., 2000. Generic take-up in the pharmaceutical market following patent

expiry – a multi-country study. International Review of Law and Economics 20,

205-221.

Hughes, J., Moore, M., Snyder, E., 2002. Napsterizing pharmaceuticals: Access,

innovation and consumer welfare. NBER Working Paper No. 9229.

Hurwitz, M., Caves, R., 1988. Persuasion or information? Promotion and the shares

of brand name and generic pharmaceuticals. Journal of Law and Economics 31,

299-320.

Knowles, S., 2010. Fixing the legal framework for pharmaceutical research.

Science 327, 1083-1084.

Kyle, M., 2007. Pharmaceutical price controls and entry strategies. Review of

Economics and Statistics 89, 88-99.

Page 194: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

194

Kyle, M., Grabowski, H., 2007. Generic Competition and Market Exclusivity

Periods in Pharmaceuticals. Managerial and Decision Economics 28, 491-502.

Lancaster, K., 1966. A new approach to consumer theory. Journal of Political

Economy 74, 132-157.

Lancaster, K., 1977. Consumer Demand: A New Approach. Columbia University

Press. New York, NY.

Lanjouw, J., 2005. Patents, price controls and access to new drugs: how policy

affects global market entry. NBER Working Paper No. 11321.

Lichtenberg, F., 1996a. Do (more and better) drugs keep people out of hospitals?

AER Papers and Proceedings 86(2), 384-388.

Lichtenberg, F., 1996b. The effect of pharmaceutical utilization and innovation on

hospitalization and mortality. NBER Working Paper No. 5418.

Lichtenberg, F., 1998a. Pharmaceutical innovation, mortality reduction and

economic growth. NBER Working Paper No. 6569.

Lichtenberg, F., 2001. Are the benefits of newer drugs worth their costs? Evidence

from the 1996 MEPS. Health Affairs 20(5), 241-251.

Lichtenberg, F., 2005. The impact of new drug launches on longevity: Evidence

from longitudinal, disease-level data from 52 countries, 1982-2001. International

Journal of Health Care Finance and Economics 5, 47-73.

McFadden, D., 1973. Conditional logit analysis of qualitative choice behavior,” In

Frontiers of Econometrics, P. Zarembka (eds.), Academic Press, New York, NY.

Mossinghoff, G., 1999. Overview of Hatch-Waxman act and its impact on the drug

development process. Food and Drug Law Journal 54(2), 187-194.

Moul, C. C., 2006. Consequences of omitting advertising in demand estimation: an

application to theatrical movies. Mimeo, Washington University in St. Louis.

Murray, F., Stern, S., 2006. Do formal intellectual property rights hinder the free

flow of scientific knowledge? An empirical test of the anti-commons hypothesis.

Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 63(4), 648-687.

Nevo, A., 2000a. A practitioner‟s guide to estimation of random-coefficients logit

models of demand. Journal of Economics and Management Strategy 9(4), 513-548.

Nevo, A., 2000b. Mergers with differentiated products: the case of the ready-to-eat

cereal industry. Rand Journal of Economics, 31(3), 395-421.

Page 195: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

195

Nevo, A., 2001. Measuring market power in the ready-to-eat cereal industry.

Econometrica, 69(2), 307-342.

Nordhaus, W.D.. 1969. Invention, Growth, and Welfare: A Theoretical Treatment

of Technological Change. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.

Nordhaus, W., 2002. The health of nations: the contribution of improved health to

living standards. In The Economic Value of Medical Research. Kevin Murphy and

Robert Topel (eds.), University of Chicago Press, Chicago, IL.

Panattoni, L., 2011. The effect of Paragraph IV decisions and generic entry before

patent expiration on brand pharmaceutical firms. Journal of Health Economics 30,

126-145.

Petrin, A., 2002. Quantifying the benefits of new products: the case of the minivan.

Journal of Political Economy 110(4), 705-729.

PhRMA, 2001. Pharmaceutical industry profile 2001: research for the millennium.

Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America (Washington, DC).

Reiffen, D., Ward, M., 2005. Generic drug industry dynamics. Review of

Economics and Statistics 87, 37-49.

Rosenthal, M., Berndt, E., Donohue, J., Epstein, A., Frank, R., 2003. Demand

effects of recent changes in prescription drug promotion. In Frontiers in Health

Policy Research, v. 6, David M. Cutler and Alan M. Garber (eds.), MIT Press,

Cambridge, MA.

Scherer, F.M., 2001. The link between gross profitability and pharmaceutical R&D

spending. Health Affairs 20, 216-220.

Saha, A., Grabowski, H., Birnbaum, H., Greenberg, P., Bizen, O., 2006. Generic

competition in the US pharmaceutical industry. International Journal of the

Economics of Business 13, 15-38

Scott Morton, F., 1999. Entry decisions in the generic pharmaceutical industry.

RAND Journal of Economics 30(3), 421-440.

Scott Morton, F., 2000. Barriers to entry, brand advertising, and generic entry in the

US pharmaceutical industry. International Journal of Industrial Organization 18(7),

1085-1104.

Small, K., Rosen, H., 1981. Applied welfare economics with discrete choice

models. Econometrica 49(1), 105-130.

Stern, S., 1996. Market definition and returns to innovation: Substitution patterns in

pharmaceutical markets. Working paper, MIT Sloan School of Management.

Page 196: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

196

Suslow, V., 1992. Are there better ways to spell relief: a hedonic pricing analysis of

ulcer drugs. Unpublished working paper, School of Business Administration,

University of Michigan.

Town, R., Liu, S., 2003. The welfare impact of Medicare HMOs. RAND Journal of

Economics 34(4), 719-736.

Train, K., 2003. Discrete Choice Methods with Simulation, Cambridge University

Press, Cambridge, UK.

Trajtenberg, M., 1989. The welfare analysis of product innovations, with an

application computes tomography scanners. Journal of Political Economy 97(2),

444-479.

Williams, H., 2010. Intellectual property rights and innovation: evidence from the

human genome. NBER Working Paper No. 16213.

Wooldridge, J., 1999. Distribution-free estimation of some nonlinear panel data

models. Journal of Econometrics 90(1), 77-97.

Page 197: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

197

7. Appendix 1: Instruments - International Prices and Competitor

Characteristics

Instruments from International Prices

Debated extensively in the literature on discrete choice estimation of

demand (Nevo and Whinston, 2010; Angrist and Pischke, 2010), much emphasis is

placed on precise identification of coefficient estimates because of endogeneity of

prices, some of the product characteristics and the within group share term. In our

context, endogeneity is a key concern for prices, log of stocks of advertising and the

within group share term. It is important to understand here that the source of

endogeneity could come from demand shocks for a particular brand that could be

correlated to all the above mentioned regressors. Since the challenge lies in

identifying instruments that would be uncorrelated with the demand shocks, the

literature has suggested that the prices of the same brand in other geographic

contexts might be unrelated to the prices of the brand in the focal market of interest

(Nevo 2001). Accordingly, exploiting the international nature of our pharmaceutical

demand data from IMS MIDAS™, we use novel instruments from international

prices of pharmaceutical drugs as instruments for their U.S. prices. For U.S. prices

of brands, we take for each molecule, branded price in Japan, if that molecule was

being sold in Japan and use that as an instrument for the U.S. price. If the molecule

was not sold in Japan, we turn to the United Kingdom (U.K.) market and retrieve

branded prices in U.K. as instrument for the prices of U.S. brands. For the prices of

generics here in the U.S., we instrument using a similar approach, arguing that

average prices of generics here in the U.S. would be strongly correlated with

Page 198: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

198

average prices of generics in Japan (if the molecule is available) or in the U.K. (if

the molecule was not being sold in Japan but in the U.K. instead).67

Instruments from Competitor Characteristics

Other instruments used for precise identification come from competitor

characteristics in line with the suggestion in the BLP literature. We have 6

therapeutic sub-markets of interest in hypertension where Para-IV entry occurred,

notably: C7A0 Beta Blocking Agents, Plain; C7B1 Beta-Blockers in Combination

with diuretics; C8A0 Calcium Antagonist Plain; C9A0 Ace Inhibitors Plain and

C9B1 and C9B3 Ace Inhibitors Combinations. Within each of these ATC4

therapeutic sub-markets, we turn to competitor characteristics for each focal brand

to instrument for its log of stocks of advertising (lnsadver) and the log of the within

group share term (lnsj|m). For each ATC4, there was always more than 1 branded or

generic observation that was competing with the focal brand or generic in our

dataset. For generic observations advertising is 0 in each quarter, its stocks are

therefore 0 too, and therefore within each such ATC4 therapeutic sub-markets, the

lnsadver variable for generics was a 0 in our dataset. Thus for generic observations,

the instrument from competitor generics in the same ATC4 was 0. This same

instrument for brands was the competitor mean stock of advertising from other

brands within the same ATC4 in the same quarter. We employ this approach also to

instrument for the focal brand‟s ln(sj|m) observation and use competitors‟ mean

ln(sj|m) in each quarter (for brands and generics) within each ATC4.

67

We are very grateful to Lowell Taylor for suggesting us to use „international price‟ as instrument

for the U.S. prices in the pharmaceutical context.

Page 199: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

199

Figure 1: Exclusivities and Innovation in Pharmaceuticals

NDA Approval Date Expiry of NDA Approval Date by FDA 1

st Patent Expiry on NDA

Data Exclusivity Market Exclusivity

Figure 2: ANDA Patent Certification Options for Generic Manufacturers

ANDA CERTIFICATION OPTIONS FOR GENERIC ENTRANTS

Paragraph III – Patent has not expired

but will expire on a particular day

Paragraph II – Patent

Has Expired

Paragraph I – Required Patent

Information has not been filed

Paragraph IV – Patent is invalid or is

Non-infringed by generic applicant

FDA may approve ANDA

immediately; one or more generic

applicants may enter FDA may approve ANDA

immediately; one or more generic

applicants may enter

FDA may approve ANDA

effective on the date, the

patent expires; one or more

generic applicants may

enter at that time

Generic Applicant provides notice

to the patent holder and NDA

filer; entry of the first-filer may or

may not occur

Source: FTC Study 2002(http://www.ftc.gov/os/2002/07/genericdrugstudy.pdf)

Page 200: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

200

Figure 3: Rising Para-IV Certifications in the U.S. Pharmaceutical Market

Figure 4: U.S. Revenues of Hypertension Drugs (in $ 000) 1997-2008

Source: IMS Midas, figures are in $ 000, X-axis is 47 quarters, Q21997-Q42008.

Page 201: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

201

Figure 5: Discount Factor by Para-IV Generics in Quarter of Entry for

Some Representative Brand Name Products

Source: IMS MIDAS™. Note: Pre-entry average originator price is normalized to 100. Originator price in quarter of entry on this scale is computed and the exercise is repeated with generic price from Para-IV entrants. The discount factor is subsequently reported.

Page 202: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

202

Figure 6: Consumer Gains and Producer Loses in the U.S. Hypertension

Market

Note: This figure comes from calculating the quarterly consumer and producer surplus in the real

and counterfactual world using Equation 10. The final cumulated gains and losses in $ billion by

2008 are reported here.

Page 203: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

203

Figure 7: Distributions of Incumbents and Generic Entrants

Page 204: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

204

Table 1: Cross Molecular Substitution Suggestions by Blue Cross Blue Shield of Georgia

DRUG CLASS BRAND NAME

GENERIC SUGGESTED THROUGH

GENERICSELECT PROGRAM

Angiotensin Receptor

Blocker/Angiotensin Converting Enzyme

Inhibitor

Cozaar, Diovan/HCT, Hyzaar, Altace (2.5, 5,

or 10 mg), Atacand/HCT, Avapro, Avalide,

Benicar/HCT, Micardis/HCT, Teveten

Benazepril, Enalapril, Enalapril HCTZ, Lisinopril,

Lisinopril HCTZ

Antidepressant

Cymbalta, Effexor XR, Lexapro, Prozac (2 mg/

5 ml solution), Effexor, Luvox/CR, Paxil/CR,

Pexeva, Celexa, Zoloft, Prozac (non solution

formulations) Citalopram, Sertraline, Fluoxetine

Calcium Channel Blocker

Sular, Adalat CC, Cardene/SR, Norvasc,

Plendil, Procardia XL Amlodipine

Statin

Lipitor, Crestor, Pravachol, Zocor, Lescol,

Lescol XL, Vytorin, Mevacor Simvastatin, Lovastatin

Triptan

Maxalt, Maxalt – MLT, Zomig, Zomig –

ZMT, Amerge, Axert, Frova, Imitrex, Relpax Sumatriptan Tablets (Limit to 9 tabs/rolling 30 days)

Note: This comes from a consumer communication issued by Blue Cross Blue Shield in the state

of Georgia, United States. As is evident, insurance firms are looking out for substitution

opportunities across molecules.

Page 205: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

205

Table 2: Hypertension Molecules Molecule** Did It Face a Para-IV

Entry? (Y-Yes, N-No)

Quarter of Para-IV

Entry#

Patent Expiration***

AMLODIP BES/BENAZ (6) Y Q22007 Dec-17

AMLODIPINE (3) Y Q12007 Mar-07

ATENOLOL (1) N

ATENOLOL/CHLORTHAL (2) N

BENAZEPRIL (4) N

BENAZEPRIL/HCTZ (5) N

CAPTOPRIL (4) N

CAPTOPRIL/HCTZ (5) N

CARVEDILOL (1) Y Q32007 Jun-07

DILTIAZEM (3) Y Q21999 Jul-05

ENALAPRIL (4) N

ENALAPRIL MAL/HCTZ (5) N

ENALAPRIL/FELODIPINE (6) N

FELODIPINE (3) Y Q42004 Oct-07

FOSINOPRIL (4) Y Q42003 Jul-09

FOSINOPRIL/HCTZ (5) Y Q42004 Jul-09

ISRADIPINE (3) N

LABETALOL (1) N

LISINOPRIL (4) N

LISINOPRIL/HCTZ (5) N

METOPROLOL SUCCIN (1) Y Q42006 Sep-10

METOPROLOL TART (1) N

METOPROLOL/HCTZ (2) Y Q32004 Sep-10

MOEXIPRIL (4) Y Q22003 Feb-07

MOEXIPRIL HCL/HCTZ (5) Y Q12007 Feb-07

NADOLOL (1) N

NADOLOL/BENDROFLUM (2) N

NICARDIPINE (3) N

NIFEDIPINE (3) Y Q21997

PERINDOPRIL (4) N

PINDOLOL (1) N

QUINAPRIL (4) Y Q42004 Feb-07

QUINAPRIL HCL/HCTZ (5) Y Q22004 Feb-07

RAMIPRIL (4) Y Q42007 Oct-10

TIMOLOL (1) N

TRANDOLAPRIL (4) Y Q12007 Oct-10

TRANDOLAPRIL/VERAPAMIL N

VERAPAMIL (3) Y Q32007 Jun-07 Note: This table lists all the molecules across the three broad hypertension drug products that we examine – namely Ace Inhibitors and their variants, Beta Blockers and their variants, and Calcium Antagonists and their variants. The molecules are coded according to the category they belonged to and these numbers are noted in brackets in the first column: Beta Blocking Agents – 1; Beta Blockers + Diuretics – 2; Calcium Antagonist Plain – 3; ACE Inhibitors – 4; ACE Inhibitors + Diuretics – 5; ACE Inhibitors + Calcium – 6. Hypertension drugs witnessed Para-IV entry from the very first quarter of our analysis. Patent expiration month and year are retrieved from paragraphfour.com, and cross checked with FDA Orange Book data and IMS Patent Expiry information where available (or was required) and are for the key patent protecting the drug product.

Page 206: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

206

Table 3: Paragraph IV Descriptives related to Hypertension Drug Products

Variable Mean Std. Dev. Min Max

Price per SU 0.927 3.953 0.004 116.410

SUs sold per quarter („000) 16343.7 41617.5 1.0 474276.0

Revenues („000 real USD) 9466.1 39181.3 0.9 630432.9

No of Contraindications 3.8 2.2 0.0 10.0

Advertising (detailing) per quarter

per brand („000 real USD) 1678.7 3145.9 0.0 19983.1

No of brands per quarter 166.5 4.6 157.0 175.0

No of Generic Brands per quarter 50.9 8.8 41.0 69.0

No of firms per quarter 59.3 4.9 54.0 73.0

Note: These numbers are for disaggregate data. For our analysis in order to avoid issues with trivial market shares we aggregate all generics generating prices for them weighed by sales. Incumbent brands are retained with no modifications.

Table 4: Overall Descriptives for Para-IV Generic Entry

Average

Std

Deviation Median Minimum Maximum

ATC Market Size ('000 USD) 622123.2 617686.3 337706.4 9610.6 2699945.0

Average Price Per SU ($) 31.8 90.9 2.9 0.4 444.5

Decrease/Increase In Normalized

P After Entry - All -26.4 37.2 -34.6 -77.9 68.8

Originator Increases/Decreases In

Price After Entry (Normalized) 28.3 52.0 24.0 -61.0 232.4

Discount Factor (%) 38.4 37.5 28.4 2.3 97.5

No Of Entrants 11.0 7.0 10.0 1.0 24.0

Mean Revenue Of Originator (1

Year Before 1st Entry - '000 USD) 166270.0 210101.0 84063.5 2077.0 1087622.0

Mean Revenue Of Originator (1

Year After 1st Entry - '000 USD) 66307.8 97310.5 31633.5 1133.0 479468.0

Revenue Erosion Of Originator

(%) 52.7 30.2 59.5 -42.8 93.9

Revenue Erosion From

Subsequent Entry (%) 78.9 68.0 89.0 -218.6 408.2

Note: These numbers are across therapeutic markets for 55 cases of Para-IV entry.

Page 207: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

207

Table 5: Demand Estimation: Nested Logit Specification

Nested Logit – IV Nested Logit - OLS

VARIABLES Diff Diff

Price -0.303*** -0.0182***

(0.0563) (0.000863)

Lnsj|m (Conditional Share Term) 0.497*** 0.981***

(0.135) (0.00708)

Lnadver (Log of

advertising/promotions/detailing) 0.433*** 0.0455***

(0.115) (0.00637)

No of Contraindications -0.189 0.0695***

(0.153) (0.00888)

Constant -4.652*** -2.706***

(1.544) (0.0837)

Product Fixed Effects Yes Yes

Observations 3,745 3,813

R-squared 0.711 0.973

Hansen J Statistic 2.436

Chi-sq(1) P-val 0.11859

Robust standard errors in parentheses *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1

F-First Stage (Price) = 12.62; F-First Stage (lnsjm)= 314.59; F-First Stage

(lnadver)= 201.85

Instruments used: Form number, number of firms in quarter, time since generic

entry and their lags

Dependent Variable: diff = lnsj-lns0

Note: These estimates come from implementing Equation 8 in our regressions.

Page 208: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

208

Table 6: Demand Estimation: Robustness Specification (Multinomial Logit)

Multinomial Logit -

IV

Multinomial Logit –

OLS

VARIABLES Diff Diff

Price -0.394*** -0.00772**

(0.0706) (0.00301)

Lnadver (Log of

advertising/promotions/detailing)

0.828*** 0.370***

(0.0401) (0.0143)

No of Contraindications 0.363*** -0.403***

(0.0407) (0.0347)

Constant -10.21*** -6.487***

(0.415) (0.345)

Product Fixed Effects Yes Yes

Observations 3,745 3,813

R-squared 0.388 0.803

Hansen J Statistic 7.798

Chi-sq(1) P-val 0.02026

Robust standard errors in parentheses *** p<0.01, **

p<0.05, * p<0.1

F-First Stage (Price)=12.62; F-First Stage (lnadver)=201.85

Instruments used: Form number, number of firms in quarter, time since generic entry

and their lags

Dependent Variable: diff = lnsj-lns0

Note: These results are for a simple multinomial logit specification, where we adopt a specification similar to Equation 8 but without the conditional share term, ln(sj|m), on the right hand side.

Page 209: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

209

Table 7: Drug Availability and Pricing

Choice

Sets*

Average Price

Per SU ($)

Choice

Sets

Average Price Per SU

($)

1st Quarter 68 1.52 64 1.56

23rd

Quarter 78 1.65 71 1.73

47th

Quarter 92 2.23 68 2.98

TIME

REAL WORLD COUNTERFACTUAL WORLD

*This counts number of brands having non-zero sales. Note: This table documents why

one should see consumer gains with increasing choice sets and price shifts in the real and

counterfactual world.

Table 8: Demand Estimation: Alternative Nesting Approach

Calcium Antagonist Beta Blockers Ace Inhibitors

VARIABLES Diff Diff Diff

Price -1.164 -0.276** -9.075***

(0.917) (0.133) (1.485)

ln(sj|m) (conditional share term) 0.722*** 0.739*** 0.483***

(0.163) (0.0505) (0.179)

lnadver (Log of detailing) 0.445*** 0.348*** 0.184

(0.111) (0.0979) (0.154)

No of Contraindications -0.166 -0.381* -7.738***

(0.199) (0.203) (1.632)

Constant -2.384*** -2.702 36.98***

(0.533) (2.089) (8.395)

Product Fixed Effects Yes Yes Yes

Hansen J-Stats 0.077 2.456 0.654

Chi Sq P-Value 0.78206 0.11709 0.41865

First Stage Fs 45.7;72.5;54.3 114.9;1293.3;654.7 121.7;135.8;485.9

Observations 1,312 1,024 1382

R-squared 0.890 0.971 0.407

Robust standard errors in parentheses *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1

Instruments used: Form number, number of firms in quarter, time since generic entry and their lags

Dependent Variable: Diff = ln(sjm) – ln(s0)

Note: These estimates come from implementing Equation 8 in our regressions but this was done sub-

market by sub-market.

Page 210: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

210

Table 8.1: Demand Estimation: Robustness (International Prices & BLP-Style

Instruments)

Nested Logit – IV

VARIABLES Diff

Price -0.512***

(0.0998)

Lnsj|m (Conditional Share

Term) 0.595***

(0.0525)

Log of stock of advertising

@ 80% persistence of prior

period advertising (Stern

1996)

0.257***

(0.0896)

No of Contraindications -0.251**

(0.103)

Product Fixed Effects Yes

Observations 3,745

Hansen J Statistic 0.119

Robust standard errors in parentheses *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1

F-First Stage (Price) = 15.27; F-First Stage (lnsjm)= 512.52; F-First Stage

(lnadver)= 133.59

Instruments used: Japanese and UK prices of brands and generics within each

molecule, competitor log of stock of advertising, competitor Lnsj|m in each 4-

digit therapeutic market, & time since generic entry.

Dependent Variable: diff = lnsj-lns0

Note: The method for constructing the instruments for this table are outlined in Appendix I.

Page 211: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

211

Table 9: Comparison of Welfare Calculations

Cumulated CS Gains Cumulated PS Gains

Cumulated Social

Gains

Aggregate Nesting 92.2 -14.2 78.0

Market by Market Gains and then Aggregation

Calcium 67.7 -7.1 60.5

Beta 0.8 -2.1 -1.3

Ace 7.7 -4.7 3.0

Total 76.1 -13.8 62.3

All numbers are in USD billion

Note: These figures come from calculating the quarterly consumer and producer surplus in the real

and counterfactual world using Equation 10 and computing their differences, sub-market by sub-

market. The final cumulated gains and losses to the consumer and producer are reported here within

each sub-market and the aggregate number is compared to the gains estimates found from the

aggregate nesting approach.

Table 10: Data Exclusivity Regime in Various Regions

Region Former Present

European Union 6 to 10 10+1

Canada 5 8+ 1/2

Japan 6 8+2

United States 5 5

Data Exclusivity

Regime (years)

Source: Higgins and Graham (2009)

Page 212: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

212

E. Conclusion & Future Work

The baseline results of the three essays in this dissertation

provides new empirical intuition supported by econometric evidence on the

relationship between intellectual property (IP) rights and incentives for firm-level

innovation in developing economies, understanding in developing economy firms,

learning by exporting, and ascertaining the relationship between shifts in IP

regulation and welfare in a developed world pharmaceutical market. Like most

scholarly endeavors, each of these chapters is a work in progress and this section

hopes to outline in brief future efforts.

The findings of the first chapter point to the merit of a future

investigation where one might want to understand if hitherto exploitative endeavors

by imitative pharmaceutical firms in India are going to result in explorative

outcomes. To translate into industry parlance, might process imitation be able to

provide complementarities that Indian bio-pharmaceutical firms can use to engage

in basic, product and drug discovery research going forward? The second chapter

offers some intuition that learning gains accrue to these firms from exporting, and

more so by exporting to high-income destinations. However, if one can control for

sample selection in the empirical framework, might those learning gains still hold

true? Efforts are currently underway to address these using appropriate instruments

and propensity score matching techniques. The third chapter documents the welfare

effects in the short run because of early generic entry in a developed world

pharmaceutical market like the United States. The natural follow-on question to this

finding is a subsequent investigation on the long run incentives for innovation in

Page 213: Title: Intellectual Property, Incentives for Innovation and Welfare - …chirantanc.weebly.com/uploads/3/7/4/9/3749410/thesis... · 2018-10-12 · Ashish Arora during my initial years

213

innovator pharmaceutical firms as conditioned by early generic entry in therapeutic

markets in the United States.

Apart from these possible future investigations, this dissertation

also points to two important public policy issues on both the supply and demand

side in global pharmaceutical markets. What might be the role of globalization of

innovation in R&D intensive sectors like pharmaceuticals? Will globalization of

innovation be able to bring about a changed nature of technological change (Arora

& Gambardella 1994) in the context of the pharmaceutical industry and enhance

questions about its research productivity that has cropped up in the last few years?

The investigation in this dissertation also has a natural segue to questions on the

demand side. What have been the effects of stronger IP and a global harmonization

of property rights for global welfare in pharmaceutical markets? In developing

economies like India per se, might a stronger IP regime result in its own Access

versus Innovation tussle with a public policy debate on rising domestic drug prices

in the post-2005 era? How will policy makers and scholars address that issue going

forward? Issues around biologics and large molecule drugs also deserve attention in

this regard. We intend to follow up on these questions in the coming years and

contribute to scholarly work going forward.


Recommended